Autodesk Auto CAD Civil 3D 2011 User’s Guide En
User Manual: autodesk AutoCAD Civil 3D - 2011 - User’s Guide Free User Guide for Autodesk AutoCAD Software, Manual
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 2846
AutoCAD Civil 3D 2011
User’s Guide
April 2010
©
2010 Autodesk, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Except as otherwise permitted by Autodesk, Inc., this publication, or parts thereof, may not be
reproduced in any form, by any method, for any purpose.
Certain materials included in this publication are reprinted with the permission of the copyright holder.
Trademarks
The following are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and other countries:
3DEC (design/logo), 3December, 3December.com, 3ds Max, Algor, Alias, Alias (swirl design/logo), AliasStudio, Alias|Wavefront (design/logo),
ATC, AUGI, AutoCAD, AutoCAD Learning Assistance, AutoCAD LT, AutoCAD Simulator, AutoCAD SQL Extension, AutoCAD SQL Interface,
Autodesk, Autodesk Envision, Autodesk Intent, Autodesk Inventor, Autodesk Map, Autodesk MapGuide, Autodesk Streamline, AutoLISP, AutoSnap,
AutoSketch, AutoTrack, Backburner, Backdraft, Built with ObjectARX (logo), Burn, Buzzsaw, CAiCE, Civil 3D, Cleaner, Cleaner Central, ClearScale,
Colour Warper, Combustion, Communication Specification, Constructware, Content Explorer, Dancing Baby (image), DesignCenter, Design
Doctor, Designer's Toolkit, DesignKids, DesignProf, DesignServer, DesignStudio, Design Web Format, Discreet, DWF, DWG, DWG (logo), DWG
Extreme, DWG TrueConvert, DWG TrueView, DXF, Ecotect, Exposure, Extending the Design Team, Face Robot, FBX, Fempro, Fire, Flame, Flare,
Flint, FMDesktop, Freewheel, GDX Driver, Green Building Studio, Heads-up Design, Heidi, HumanIK, IDEA Server, i-drop, ImageModeler, iMOUT,
Incinerator, Inferno, Inventor, Inventor LT, Kaydara, Kaydara (design/logo), Kynapse, Kynogon, LandXplorer, Lustre, MatchMover, Maya,
Mechanical Desktop, Moldflow, Moonbox, MotionBuilder, Movimento, MPA, MPA (design/logo), Moldflow Plastics Advisers, MPI, Moldflow
Plastics Insight, MPX, MPX (design/logo), Moldflow Plastics Xpert, Mudbox, Multi-Master Editing, Navisworks, ObjectARX, ObjectDBX, Open
Reality, Opticore, Opticore Opus, Pipeplus, PolarSnap, PortfolioWall, Powered with Autodesk Technology, Productstream, ProjectPoint, ProMaterials,
RasterDWG, RealDWG, Real-time Roto, Recognize, Render Queue, Retimer,Reveal, Revit, Showcase, ShowMotion, SketchBook, Smoke, Softimage,
Softimage|XSI (design/logo), Sparks, SteeringWheels, Stitcher, Stone, StudioTools, ToolClip, Topobase, Toxik, TrustedDWG, ViewCube, Visual,
Visual LISP, Volo, Vtour, Wire, Wiretap, WiretapCentral, XSI, and XSI (design/logo).
All other brand names, product names or trademarks belong to their respective holders.
Disclaimer
THIS PUBLICATION AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS MADE AVAILABLE BY AUTODESK, INC. "AS IS." AUTODESK, INC. DISCLAIMS
ALL WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE REGARDING THESE MATERIALS.
Published By:
Autodesk, Inc.
111 Mclnnis Parkway
San Rafael, CA 94903, USA
Contents
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Chapter 1
New
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
New Alignments Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
New API Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
New Corridors Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
New Data Shortcut Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
New Database and Project Migration Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
New Labels Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
New Pipe Network Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
New Points Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
New Point Cloud Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
New Quantity Takeoff Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
New Reporting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
New Sections Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
New Superelevation Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
New Surfaces Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
New Toolspace Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Enhanced DGN Data Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Subscription Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Changes to Drawing Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Chapter 2
Workflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Moving Data from Land Desktop .
Labels and Tables Workflow . . . .
Project Management Workflow . .
Survey Workflow . . . . . . . . . .
Points Workflow . . . . . . . . . .
Surfaces Workflow . . . . . . . . .
Grading Workflow . . . . . . . . .
Parcels Workflow . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 21
. 21
. 24
. 26
. 29
. 32
. 37
. 38
iii
Alignments Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . .
Superelevation Workflow . . . . . . . . . .
Corridor Modeling Workflow . . . . . . . .
Intersection and Roundabout Workflow . .
Profiles Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sections Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material and Quantity Analysis Workflow .
Pipe Networks Workflow . . . . . . . . . . .
File and Data Sharing Workflow . . . . . . .
Plan Production Tools Workflow . . . . . .
Chapter 3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 40
. 42
. 45
. 48
. 50
. 52
. 54
. 57
. 60
. 61
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 64
. 66
. 72
. 73
. 74
. 75
Understanding Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Working with the Standard Settings Dialog Box
Specifying Drawing Settings . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying Feature-Level Settings . . . . . . . .
Specifying Command-Level Settings . . . . . .
Chapter 5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Understanding Objects and Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Object Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Object and Label Styles . . . . . . . . . . .
Object Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Naming Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Naming Constraints for Objects and Styles .
Chapter 4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Controls .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 78
. 79
. 84
. 85
The User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Ribbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Quick Access Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Workspaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Accessing AutoCAD Civil 3D Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Working with AutoCAD Civil 3D Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
The Toolspace Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
The Panorama Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Layout Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Tool Palettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Content Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Object Tooltips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
User Interface Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Chapter 6
Working with Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Drawing Templates . . . . . . . .
Working with Drawing Settings .
Creating a New Drawing . . . . .
Opening an Existing Drawing . .
Working with Drawing Data . . .
Consistent Editing Methods . . .
AutoCAD Civil 3D 2011 Drawing
Drawing Command Reference . .
Chapter 7
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
Compatibility .
. . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 127
. 130
. 132
. 132
. 133
. 137
. 141
. 142
Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Understanding Project Management . . . . .
Using Data Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Vault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project Management Command Reference .
iv | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 143
. 145
. 158
. 203
Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Chapter 8
Understanding
Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Survey Overview . . . . . .
Survey Project Phases . . . .
Survey User Interface . . . .
Survey Objects . . . . . . .
Survey Styles and Display .
Survey Databases . . . . . .
Survey Networks . . . . . .
Chapter 9
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 207
. 210
. 214
. 215
. 216
. 217
. 224
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 227
. 238
. 246
. 247
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 249
. 253
. 261
. 274
. 275
. 276
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 279
. 280
. 283
. 285
. 289
. 309
. 311
. 315
. 330
. 344
Survey Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Creating Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Figure Commands . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Non-Tangential Curves in Figures . . .
Modifying Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Figure Elevations and Figure Geometry .
Figure Inquiry Commands . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labeling Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 13
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Adding and Editing Survey Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Editing Survey Data in the Panorama Vista Editor .
Control Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Control Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Observations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Centerlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intersections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batch Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 12
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Survey Field to Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Preparing to Import Survey Data
Examples - Linework Codes . . .
Importing Survey Data . . . . . .
Import Events . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Survey Point Properties .
Processing Survey Linework . . .
Chapter 11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Survey Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
User Settings . . . . . . .
Database Settings . . . . .
Equipment Properties . .
Survey Drawing Settings .
Chapter 10
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 347
. 349
. 365
. 372
. 378
. 382
. 382
. 387
Survey Analysis and Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Least Squares Analysis . . . . . . . .
Least Squares Formulas . . . . . . . .
Traverses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapcheck Analysis . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying Point Information . . . .
Outputting Survey Files . . . . . . .
Astronomic Direction Calculations .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 389
. 392
. 401
. 404
. 404
. 416
. 417
Contents | v
Chapter 14
Survey Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Survey Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Survey Command Language Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Point Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Chapter 15
Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Understanding Points . . . . . . . . .
Point Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Custom Properties with Points .
Point Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point Labels and Tables . . . . . . . . .
Managing Points . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Points . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing and Exporting Points . . . .
Using External Data References . . . .
Point Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point Command Reference . . . . . . .
Chapter 16
Point
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Description
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
Survey
. . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
Data
. . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
Wizard .
. . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
Tree) .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 435
. 439
. 445
. 449
. 451
. 453
. 456
. 517
. 525
. 537
. 540
. 546
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 553
. 556
. 561
. 567
. 567
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 571
. 572
. 573
. 574
. 579
. 584
. 590
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 593
. 594
. 596
. 598
. 599
. 600
. 601
. 602
. 604
Lines and Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Creating Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Entities by Best Fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching Multiple Lines or Curves to Existing Objects .
Calculating Curve Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labeling Lines, Curves, and Polylines . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Line/Curve Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Point Clouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Using LiDAR Data to Create Point Clouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Understanding Point Cloud Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Point Cloud Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying and Stylizing Point Clouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Points to a Point Cloud Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Point Cloud Points to Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying Point Cloud Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding and Removing AutoCAD Civil 3D Properties from Point Cloud Objects .
Point Cloud Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 19
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Understanding Description Keys . . . . .
Description Key Sets Collection (Settings
Description Key Settings . . . . . . . . .
Description Key Properties . . . . . . . .
Managing Description Keys . . . . . . .
Creating Description Keys . . . . . . . .
Editing Description Keys . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 18
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Understanding Point Groups . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Point Groups . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Point Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating a New Point Group From the Import
Editing Point Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 17
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 605
. 620
. 628
. 637
. 639
. 640
. 642
Renumbering Table Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Lines and Curves Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
Chapter 20
Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
Understanding Surfaces . . . . .
Creating Surfaces . . . . . . . . .
Adding and Editing Surface Data .
Surface Errors and Issues . . . . .
Surface Editing Operations . . . .
Removing Surface Data . . . . . .
Masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watersheds . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Surfaces . . . . . . . .
Calculating Surface Volumes . . .
Surface Styles and Visualization .
Surface Labels and Tables . . . . .
Analyzing Surfaces . . . . . . . .
Exporting Surface Data . . . . .
Surfaces Command Reference . .
Chapter 21
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 645
. 648
. 660
. 696
. 699
. 717
. 719
. 725
. 730
. 740
. 748
. 752
. 764
. 773
. 775
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 779
. 783
. 786
. 789
. 791
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
Understanding Gradings . . . .
Changing Grading Settings . . .
Using Grading Styles . . . . . .
Using Grading Criteria . . . . .
Using Grading Groups . . . . .
Creating Feature Lines . . . . .
Editing Feature Lines . . . . . .
Labeling Feature Lines . . . . .
Editing Polylines . . . . . . . .
Creating Grading . . . . . . . .
Editing Grading . . . . . . . . .
Grading Properties . . . . . . .
Using Grading Utilities . . . . .
Grading Command Reference .
Chapter 23
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
Understanding Sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing Sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finding and Resolving Overlapping Site Objects .
Moving and Copying Site Objects . . . . . . . . .
Sites Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 22
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 793
. 801
. 802
. 804
. 806
. 808
. 816
. 852
. 854
. 855
. 858
. 864
. 868
. 869
Parcels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873
Understanding Parcels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Parcels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Parcels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Parcel Geometry and Parcel Elevations .
Parcel Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parcel Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parcel Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exporting a Parcel Inverse or Mapcheck Report .
Parcel Labels and Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parcel Numbering and Naming . . . . . . . . .
Using Custom Properties with Parcels . . . . . .
Parcels Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 873
. 879
. 885
. 891
. 891
. 892
. 894
. 897
. 898
. 916
. 920
. 921
Contents | vii
Chapter 24
Alignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923
Understanding Alignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923
Alignment Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929
Alignment Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
Criteria-Based Alignment Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
Alignment Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946
Creating Alignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
Widenings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964
Adding Lines, Curves, and Spirals to an Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970
Alignment Labels and Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043
Editing Alignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060
Reversing Alignment Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083
Reversing Alignment Sub-Entity Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084
Using AutoCAD Object Snaps with Alignment Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085
Deleting Alignment Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087
Alignment Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088
Chapter 25
Superelevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091
Understanding Superelevation . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculating Superelevation Data Using the Wizard .
Importing Superelevation Data . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Superelevation Curve Manager . . . . . .
Using Superelevation Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Superelevation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Superelevation Command Reference . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 26
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1091
. 1098
. 1100
. 1102
. 1105
. 1108
. 1111
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1113
. 1120
. 1122
. 1136
. 1139
. 1141
. 1156
. 1191
. 1206
. 1218
. 1221
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225
Understanding Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample Line, Section, and Section View Settings . . . . . . .
Sample Line, Section, and Section View Styles and Display .
Creating and Editing Sample Lines and Sections . . . . . . .
Creating and Editing Section Views . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working with Projected Objects in Section Views . . . . . .
Sections Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 28
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113
Understanding Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settings for Profiles and Profile Views . . . . . .
Styles and Display of Profiles and Profile Views .
Properties of Profiles and Profile Views . . . . . .
Criteria-Based Profile Design . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Tangents and Curves to a Layout Profile .
Editing Layout Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working with Profile Views . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working with Projected Objects in Profile Views .
Profile Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 27
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1225
. 1231
. 1233
. 1246
. 1258
. 1265
. 1272
Material and Quantity Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275
Editing Quantity Takeoff Settings . . . .
Analyzing Sectional Volumes . . . . . .
Using Pay Items to Analyze Quantities .
Using Mass Haul Diagrams . . . . . . .
Material Analysis Command Reference .
Pipe
viii | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1275
. 1277
. 1293
. 1312
. 1321
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323
Chapter 29
Pipe Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325
Understanding Pipe Networks . . . . . . .
Creating Pipe Networks . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing Pipe Network Settings . . . . . . .
Editing Pipe Networks . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displaying Pipe Networks . . . . . . . . . .
Checking for Interferences . . . . . . . . .
Part Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part Catalog and Parts Lists . . . . . . . . .
Part Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labeling Pipe Networks . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Pipe Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding Structure Tables . . . . . . . . . . .
Rendering Pipe Network Parts . . . . . . .
Using Hydraulics and Hydrology Features .
Pipe Network Command Reference . . . . .
Chapter 30
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1325
. 1332
. 1343
. 1345
. 1364
. 1369
. 1378
. 1380
. 1390
. 1404
. 1414
. 1415
. 1416
. 1417
. 1428
Understanding Part Builder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431
Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . .
Part Builder Overview . . . . . . . .
Understanding Parametric Parts . .
Key Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of Creating a Part . . . . .
Part Configuration . . . . . . . . .
Part Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . .
Work Planes Overview . . . . . . .
Offset and Reference Work Planes .
Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Points . . . . . . . . . .
Model Parameters . . . . . . . . . .
Size Parameters . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 31
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1431
. 1432
. 1434
. 1434
. 1435
. 1435
. 1436
. 1437
. 1438
. 1439
. 1440
. 1441
. 1443
. 1443
. 1447
. 1447
. 1448
Creating Parts with Part Builder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451
Tips for Creating Parts . . . . . . . . .
Creating a Part . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying Parts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding a Material Property to a Part .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1451
. 1452
. 1464
. 1465
. 1466
Corridor Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469
Chapter 32
Corridors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471
Understanding Corridor Modeling . . . . .
Creating Corridors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing and Editing Corridors . . . . . .
Viewing and Editing Corridor Sections . . .
Exporting Corridor Data . . . . . . . . . .
Rendering Corridor Models . . . . . . . . .
Using Visibility Check Tools on Corridors .
Corridor Command Reference . . . . . . .
Chapter 33
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1471
. 1475
. 1478
. 1519
. 1528
. 1533
. 1534
. 1534
Assemblies and Subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537
Contents | ix
Understanding Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing and Editing Assemblies . . . . . . . . .
Sharing Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Understanding Subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating Subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Managing and Editing Subassemblies . . . . . . . .
Sharing Subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Codes and Code Set Styles . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly and Subassembly Command Reference .
Chapter 34
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1537
. 1541
. 1548
. 1552
. 1555
. 1557
. 1562
. 1565
. 1567
. 1583
Intersections and Roundabouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1585
Intersections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1585
Roundabouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1623
Chapter 35
Labels and Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643
Label Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Understanding Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining Label Settings . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating and Editing Label Styles . . . . . . .
Managing Properties for Label Styles . . . . .
Adding Content to Labels . . . . . . . . . . .
Inserting and Managing Labels in Drawings .
Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labels Command Reference . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 36
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1643
. 1646
. 1654
. 1656
. 1664
. 1686
. 1701
. 1726
. 1735
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1737
. 1738
. 1748
. 1750
. 1754
. 1755
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1757
. 1757
. 1758
. 1759
. 1760
. 1760
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1762
. 1763
. 1763
. 1764
Transparent Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1767
Transparent Command Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Activating a Transparent Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Transparent Commands Within a Running Command .
Zooming to a Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Angle and Distance to Specify a Point Location . . . . .
Using Bearing and Distance to Specify a Point Location . . . .
Using Deflection and Distance to Specify a Point Location . .
x | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Object Rendering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761
Creating Render Materials . . . . . . .
Adding Materials to Drawings . . . . .
Applying Render Materials to Objects .
Rendering Objects . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 39
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757
Understanding the Reports Manager .
Specifying Report Settings . . . . . .
Generating a Report . . . . . . . . . .
Saving LandXML Report Files . . . . .
Editing Toolbox Content . . . . . . .
Reports Command Reference . . . . .
Chapter 38
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737
Understanding Tables . . . .
Table Styles . . . . . . . . .
Adding Tables to Drawings .
Modifying Tables . . . . . .
Deleting Tables . . . . . . .
Table Commands . . . . . .
Chapter 37
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1767
. 1768
. 1768
. 1768
. 1769
. 1770
. 1771
Using Azimuth and Distance to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . . . .
Using Side Shots to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Northing and Easting to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Grid Northing and Easting to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . .
Using Latitude and Longitude to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . . . .
Using a Point Number to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using a Point Object to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using a Point Name to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using a Station Offset to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using a Profile Station and an Elevation to Specify a Point Location . . . .
Using an Alignment and Surface to Specify a Point Location . . . . . . . .
Using an Alignment and COGO Point to Specify a Point Location . . . . .
Using Station and Elevation to Specify a Point Location in a Profile View .
Using Elevation and Grade to Specify a Point Location in a Profile View . .
Using Grade and Length to Specify a Point Location in a Profile View . . .
Using Grade and Station to Specify a Point Location in a Profile View . . .
Specifying a Length by Selecting an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying a Radius by Selecting an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entering an Elevation for a Transparent Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Point Filters Within Transparent Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transparent Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 40
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1773
. 1774
. 1775
. 1776
. 1776
. 1777
. 1778
. 1779
. 1779
. 1780
. 1781
. 1782
. 1782
. 1783
. 1784
. 1784
. 1785
. 1786
. 1786
. 1787
. 1788
Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1791
Coordinate Geometry (COGO) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapcheck Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Object Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performing Inquiries on AutoCAD Civil 3D Objects .
The Coordinate Tracker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Event Viewer Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-View Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drafting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Visibility Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utilities Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1791
. 1795
. 1804
. 1805
. 1806
. 1813
. 1817
. 1822
. 1833
. 1842
. 1849
File and Data Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1853
Chapter 41
Sharing Drawings and Data With Other Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1855
Comparing Sharing Methods . . . . . .
Using Proxy Graphics . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Object Enabler . . . . . . . .
Exporting a Drawing to AutoCAD . . .
Exporting a Drawing to a DXF File . . .
Exporting Civil Data to SDF Files . . . .
Exporting a Drawing to a 3D DWF File .
Other Data Sharing Methods . . . . . .
Drawing Sharing Command Reference .
Chapter 42
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1855
. 1856
. 1857
. 1857
. 1861
. 1862
. 1863
. 1864
. 1865
Google Earth Import and Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1867
Importing a Google Earth Image to AutoCAD Civil 3D .
Importing Google Earth Terrain Data into a Surface . . .
Importing Google Earth Image and Terrain Data . . . . .
Importing Google Earth Elevation Data as a Mesh . . . .
Publishing Civil Data to Google Earth . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching Time Information to Model Data . . . . . . .
Google Earth Import and Export Command Reference .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1867
. 1868
. 1869
. 1870
. 1871
. 1872
. 1873
Contents | xi
Chapter 43
LandXML Import and Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875
Understanding LandXML Import and Export . . .
Viewing and Editing LandXML Drawing Settings .
Importing LandXML Drawing Data . . . . . . . .
Exporting LandXML Drawing Data . . . . . . . . .
LandXML Command Reference . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 44
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1875
. 1880
. 1883
. 1884
. 1885
HEC-RAS Import and Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1887
Exporting Data to HEC-RAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1887
Importing Data from HEC-RAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1889
HEC-RAS Import and Export Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1890
Chapter 45
Importing Architectural Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1891
Publishing a Design Package File . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing for Importing a Design Package File . . .
Import a Building Site Model . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating a Building Site Style . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editing a Building Site Style . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying a Building Site Object in the Drawing .
Updating a Building Site Object Definition . . . .
Building Site Command Reference . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 46
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1891
. 1892
. 1892
. 1894
. 1894
. 1894
. 1895
. 1895
Working with DGN Data in AutoCAD Civil 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1897
Attaching a DGN File as an Underlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1897
Copying Objects that are Nested in a DGN Underlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1898
Chapter 47
Plan Production Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1901
Preparing for Plan Production . . . . . . . .
Plan/Profile Sheet Production . . . . . . . . .
Section Sheet Production . . . . . . . . . . .
Plan Production Tools Command Reference .
Chapter 48
Command
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1901
. 1903
. 1934
. 1935
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1937
Accessing Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1937
Command Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1938
AutoCAD Commands and AutoCAD Civil 3D Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1939
Dialog Box Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943
Chapter 49
Alignment Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945
Add Automatic Widening Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Alignment Entities Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alignment Geometry Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Alignment Labels Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alignment Layout Parameters Window . . . . . . . . . .
Alignment Layout Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alignment Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alignment Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Best Fit Alignment Report Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Best Fit Alignment Weeding Options Dialog Box . . . .
Create Alignment from Existing Alignment Dialog Box .
Create Alignment From Objects Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Create Alignment - Layout Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Create Best Fit Alignment Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
xii | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1945
. 1947
. 1951
. 1952
. 1953
. 1959
. 1964
. 1970
. 1972
. 1972
. 1973
. 1975
. 1977
. 1980
Create Offset Alignments Dialog Box . . . . .
Curve and Spiral Settings Dialog Box . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Alignment Dialog Box
Offset Alignment Parameters Dialog Box . . .
Profile Geometry Points Dialog Box . . . . .
Superelevation Critical Points Dialog Box . .
Chapter 50
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1981
. 1983
. 1983
. 1989
. 1992
. 1993
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1995
. 1997
. 1999
. 2000
. 2001
. 2001
. 2002
. 2003
. 2004
. 2004
. 2006
. 2006
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2009
. 2010
. 2012
. 2014
Common AutoCAD Civil 3D Dialog Boxes and Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015
Edit Feature Settings - General Dialog Box . . . .
Styles Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Style Detail Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Render Material Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Name Template Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duplicate Station Selection Dialog Box . . . . . .
Customize Columns Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Enter New Name Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Multipurpose Styles Feature Settings . . . . . . .
Projection Styles Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Projection Properties Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Object(s) Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Enumeration Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
User-defined Property Classification Dialog Box .
New User-defined Property Dialog Box . . . . . .
Duplicate Item Name Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 53
.
.
.
.
.
.
Building Site Import Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2009
Edit Feature Settings - Building Site .
Import Building Site Wizard . . . .
Building Site Style Dialog Box . . .
Building Site Properties Dialog Box .
Chapter 52
.
.
.
.
.
.
Assemblies and Subassemblies Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995
Assembly Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Assembly Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code Set Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Assembly Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Subassembly From Polyline Dialog Box . .
Edit Feature Settings - Assembly Dialog Box . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Subassembly Dialog Box .
Import Subassemblies Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Link Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shape Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subassembly Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Chapter 51
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2015
. 2017
. 2020
. 2021
. 2021
. 2022
. 2022
. 2022
. 2023
. 2023
. 2023
. 2025
. 2025
. 2027
. 2027
. 2027
. 2027
. 2029
Corridors Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031
Apply To A Range Of Stations Dialog Box . . . . .
Connect Feature Lines Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Corridor Boundary Definition Dialog Box . . . . .
Corridor Parameter Editor Vista . . . . . . . . . . .
Corridor Parameter Override Stations Dialog Box .
Corridor Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Corridor Region Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Corridor Section Editor Ribbon . . . . . . . . . . .
Corridor Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2031
. 2031
. 2032
. 2033
. 2034
. 2034
. 2041
. 2042
. 2044
Contents | xiii
Corridor Surfaces Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Code Sets Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create COGO Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Create Corridor Baseline Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Create Corridor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Corridor Region Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Create Corridor Surfaces Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Create Feature Line From Corridor Dialog Box . .
Create Simple Corridor Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Define Slope Patterns Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Corridor Dialog Box . . . .
Frequency to Apply Assemblies Dialog Box . . .
Match Region Parameters Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Select a Feature Line Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Select a Profile Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select a Subassembly to Insert . . . . . . . . . .
Select Entities by Layer Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Set Slope or Elevation Target Dialog Box . . . . .
Set Width or Offset Target Dialog Box . . . . . .
Target Mapping Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
View/Edit Corridor Section Options Dialog Box .
Chapter 54
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2045
. 2047
. 2048
. 2049
. 2049
. 2051
. 2051
. 2051
. 2052
. 2053
. 2053
. 2060
. 2061
. 2061
. 2062
. 2062
. 2062
. 2063
. 2064
. 2064
. 2065
Criteria-Based Design Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2067
Design Criteria Editor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2067
Design Check Editor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2069
Design Check Set Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070
Chapter 55
Drawing Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073
Units and Zone Tab (Drawing Settings Dialog Box) . .
Transformation Tab (Drawing Settings Dialog Box) . .
Object Layers Tab (Drawing Settings Dialog Box) . . .
Abbreviations Tab (Drawing Settings Dialog Box) . . .
Ambient Settings Tab (Drawing Settings Dialog Box) .
Chapter 56
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2073
. 2074
. 2076
. 2077
. 2078
Google Earth Import and Export Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091
Publish AutoCAD DWG to Google Earth Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091
Geographic Location Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2094
Timespan for Google Earth Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2095
Chapter 57
Grading Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2097
Edit Feature Settings - Grading Dialog Box . .
Auto-Balance Volumes Dialog Box . . . . . .
Create Grading Group Dialog Box . . . . . .
Grading Criteria Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Grading Criteria Set Properties Dialog Box . .
Grading Editor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Elevation Editor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Elevation Editor - Flatten Dialog Box . . . . .
Grading Group Properties Dialog Box . . . .
Grading Creation Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grading Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Grading Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Feature Line Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Grading Volume Tools . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insert PVI Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Slope Pattern Component Dialog Box .
Select Grading Group Dialog Box . . . . . . .
xiv | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2097
. 2103
. 2103
. 2104
. 2110
. 2110
. 2111
. 2113
. 2113
. 2114
. 2116
. 2116
. 2118
. 2121
. 2122
. 2122
. 2122
Set Grading Layers Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Slope Pattern Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Geometry Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Elevations Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feature Line Contextual Commands . . . . . . .
Create Feature Lines Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Assign Elevations Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Feature Line From Alignment Dialog Box .
Feature Line Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Weed Vertices Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fit Curve Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set Elevations From Surface Dialog Box . . . . .
Feature Line Site Properties Dialog Box . . . . . .
Apply Feature Line Names Dialog Box . . . . . .
Apply Feature Line Styles Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Edit Feature Line Curve Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Chapter 58
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2123
. 2123
. 2126
. 2127
. 2129
. 2129
. 2130
. 2131
. 2132
. 2133
. 2135
. 2136
. 2136
. 2138
. 2138
. 2138
HEC-RAS Import and Export Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2141
Export To HEC RAS Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2141
Import HEC RAS Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2142
Chapter 59
Intersections and Roundabouts Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2145
Create Intersection Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Roundabout - Circulatory Road Dialog Box . . . .
Create Roundabout - Approach Roads Dialog Box . . . .
Create Roundabout - Islands Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Create Roundabout - Markings and Signs Dialog Box . .
Draw Slip Lane Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Intersections Dialog Box . . . . .
Intersection Corridor Regions Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Intersection Curb Return Parameters Dialog Box . . . . .
Intersection Curb Return Profile Parameters Dialog Box .
Intersection Lane Slope Parameters Dialog Box . . . . .
Intersection Offset Parameters Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Intersection Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intersection Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preset - Add Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secondary Road Profile Rules Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 60
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2145
. 2149
. 2151
. 2153
. 2155
. 2158
. 2159
. 2165
. 2166
. 2167
. 2168
. 2168
. 2169
. 2170
. 2172
. 2173
Label Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2175
Standard Edit Label Style Defaults Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Edit Label Style Defaults Dialog Box (Drawing Level) . . . . .
Edit Label Style Defaults Dialog Box (Feature Level) . . . . . .
Edit Label Style Defaults Dialog Box (Label Style Type Level) .
Label Style Composer Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Text Component Editor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Label Style Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Label Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Label Set Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Labels Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table Tag Numbering Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Text Component Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Overridden Text Component Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Expressions Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 61
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2175
. 2179
. 2179
. 2180
. 2180
. 2199
. 2203
. 2204
. 2206
. 2208
. 2209
. 2211
. 2211
. 2211
LandXML Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2213
Import LandXML Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2213
Contents | xv
LandXML Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2214
Export To LandXML Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2219
Chapter 62
Layers Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2221
Object Layer Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2221
Layer Selection Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2222
Create Layer Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2222
Chapter 63
Lines and Curves Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2225
Entity by Best Fit Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regression Data Vista (for Best Fit Entity Analysis) .
Specify Station Range Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Curve Calculator Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 64
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2225
. 2226
. 2228
. 2228
Migration Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2233
Import Data from Autodesk Land Desktop Project Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2233
Chapter 65
Parcels Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2235
Create Parcels - Layout Dialog Box . . . . .
Create Right of Way Dialog Box . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Parcel Dialog Box . .
Edit Parcel Properties Dialog Box . . . . . .
Export Parcel Analysis Dialog Box . . . . .
Parcel Layout Parameters Dialog Box . . . .
Parcel Layout Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parcel Move To/Copy To Site Dialog Boxes .
Parcel Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Parcel Styles Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Renumber/Rename Parcels Dialog Box . . .
Site Parcel Properties Dialog Box . . . . . .
Chapter 66
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2235
. 2236
. 2236
. 2241
. 2242
. 2243
. 2245
. 2251
. 2251
. 2253
. 2255
. 2256
Pipe Networks Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2259
Create Pipe Network By Layout Dialog Box . . .
Create Pipe Network From Object Dialog Box . .
Create Alignment From Network Dialog Box . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Pipe Network Dialog Box .
Edit Feature Settings - Pipe Dialog Box . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Structure Dialog Box . . .
Network Layout Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Network Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Network Parts List Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Part Catalog Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Rule Set Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structure Rule Set Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Structure Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Structure Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part Size Creator Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Network Layers Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Select Parts List Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Network Catalog Settings Dialog Box . . . .
Pipe Network Vistas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swap Part Size Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Rule Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Interference Check Dialog Box . . . . . .
xvi | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2259
. 2260
. 2261
. 2262
. 2267
. 2267
. 2268
. 2269
. 2271
. 2273
. 2274
. 2275
. 2281
. 2286
. 2288
. 2294
. 2300
. 2301
. 2301
. 2301
. 2302
. 2306
. 2307
. 2307
Criteria Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interference Check Properties Dialog Box .
Interference Properties Dialog Box . . . . .
Interference Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Match Elevation Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Pipe Table Creation Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Structure Table Creation Dialog Box . . . .
Table Cell Components Dialog Box . . . . .
Component Row Order Dialog Box . . . . .
Rename Pipe Network Parts Dialog Box . .
Export to Storm Sewers Dialog Box . . . . .
Part Matchup Settings Dialog Box . . . . .
Chapter 67
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2308
. 2309
. 2311
. 2312
. 2313
. 2313
. 2313
. 2314
. 2315
. 2315
. 2316
. 2316
Plan Production Tools Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2319
Edit Feature Settings - View Frame Group Dialog Box .
Edit Feature Settings - View Frame Dialog Box . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Match Line Dialog Box . . . . .
Create View Frames Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Sheets Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
View Frame Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Match Line Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
View Frame Group Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . .
View Frame Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Match Line Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Layout as Sheet Template Dialog Box . . . . . .
Edit Match Line Group Labels Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Edit Match Line Labels Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit View Frame Labels Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Section Sheets Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 68
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2319
. 2322
. 2322
. 2322
. 2327
. 2331
. 2332
. 2333
. 2336
. 2337
. 2338
. 2338
. 2339
. 2340
. 2340
Points Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2343
Edit Feature Settings - Point Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Point Group Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Point Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point Groups Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point Group Changes Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point File Formats Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point File Formats - Select Format Type Dialog Box . .
Point File Format Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Point Database Format Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Point File Formats - Select Column Name Dialog Box .
Import Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point File Formats - Create Group Dialog Box . . . . .
Export Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description Key Set Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description Key Sets Search Order Dialog Box . . . . .
Description Key Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geodetic Calculator Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duplicate Point Number Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Duplicate Point Name Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Point Table Creation Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create External Data Reference Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Create Blocks from COGO Points Dialog Box . . . . .
Convert Land Desktop Points Dialog Box . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2343
. 2348
. 2354
. 2357
. 2358
. 2359
. 2359
. 2360
. 2360
. 2361
. 2362
. 2364
. 2365
. 2366
. 2367
. 2368
. 2368
. 2368
. 2370
. 2373
. 2374
. 2375
. 2375
. 2376
. 2376
. 2377
Contents | xvii
Chapter 69
Point Clouds Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2379
Edit Feature Settings-Point Cloud Dialog Box .
Create Point Cloud Wizard . . . . . . . . . . .
Point Cloud Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Point Cloud Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Add Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Points to Surface Wizard . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 70
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2379
. 2379
. 2381
. 2383
. 2385
. 2385
Profiles Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2389
Band Set Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Best Fit Profile Report Vista . . . . . . . . . . .
Best Fit Profile Weeding Options Dialog Box . .
Copy Profile Data Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Create Best Fit Profile Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Create Profile Band Style Dialog Box . . . . . .
Create Profile - Draw New Dialog Box . . . . .
Create Profile from Surface Dialog Box . . . . .
Create Profile View Wizard . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Quick Profiles Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Profile Dialog Box . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Profile View Dialog Box .
Geometry Points to Label in Band Dialog Box .
Import Quantity Takeoff Criteria Dialog Box . .
Insert PVIs Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profile Data Band Style Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Profile Entities Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profile Layout Parameters Dialog Box . . . . .
Profile Layout Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profile Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Profile Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profile View Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Profile View Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Project Objects to Profile View Dialog Box . . .
Raise/Lower PVI Elevations Dialog Box . . . . .
Superimpose Profile Options Dialog Box . . . .
Vertical Curve Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Chapter 71
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2389
. 2391
. 2392
. 2392
. 2393
. 2394
. 2394
. 2396
. 2397
. 2405
. 2406
. 2409
. 2412
. 2413
. 2413
. 2414
. 2416
. 2417
. 2419
. 2423
. 2426
. 2427
. 2435
. 2442
. 2443
. 2443
. 2444
Project Management Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2445
Add Points To Project Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Add To Project Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Project to Current Drawing Dialog Box . .
Associate Project to Multiple Drawings Dialog Box .
Check In Drawing Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check In Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Out Drawing Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Out Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Alignment Reference Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Create Data Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Pipe Network Reference Dialog Box . . . . . .
Create Profile Reference Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Create Surface Reference Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Create View Frame Group Reference Dialog Box . . .
Databases Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete Points From Project Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Get Latest Version Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Get Points From Project Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Log In Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Data Shortcut Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xviii | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2445
. 2445
. 2447
. 2447
. 2448
. 2449
. 2449
. 2450
. 2450
. 2451
. 2451
. 2452
. 2453
. 2454
. 2455
. 2455
. 2455
. 2456
. 2456
. 2456
New Folder Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
New Project Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Project Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Properties - Civil 3D Projects Dialog Box .
Protect Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Reset Points To Checked In Dialog Box . .
Select Projects To Display Dialog Box . . .
Set Data Shortcuts Folder . . . . . . . . .
Sync To Project Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Undo Check Out Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Undo Check Out Points Dialog Box . . .
Unprotect Points Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Chapter 72
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2457
. 2457
. 2457
. 2458
. 2458
. 2458
. 2458
. 2459
. 2459
. 2460
. 2460
. 2460
Reports Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2463
Toolbox Editor Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Report Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - PI Station Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Incremental Station Report . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Stakeout Alignment Report . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Alignment Design Criteria Verification . . . . . .
Create Reports - Profile Design Criteria Verification . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - PVI Station and Curve Report . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Profile Incremental Station Report . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Vertical Curve Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Slope Stake Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Map Check Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Parcel Volume Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Station Offset to Points Report . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - LandXML Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Feature Line Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Lane Slope Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Daylight Line Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Incremental Station Elevation Difference Report .
Create Reports - Milling Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 73
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2463
. 2464
. 2464
. 2465
. 2466
. 2468
. 2469
. 2469
. 2470
. 2471
. 2472
. 2474
. 2475
. 2476
. 2476
. 2477
. 2478
. 2478
. 2479
. 2480
Sections Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2483
Corridor Section Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Create/Edit Sample Line Group Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Create Multiple Section Views Wizard . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Sample Lines - By Station Range Dialog Box . . . .
Create Sample Lines - From Corridor Stations Dialog Box .
Create Section View Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Sample Line Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Section Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Section View Dialog Box . . . . . .
Edit Offset and Elevation Ranges Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Edit Sample Line Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Plot Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe Network Section Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Profile Grade Points Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project Objects to Section View Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Project Objects To Multiple Section Views Dialog Box . . .
Resolve Duplicate Sample Lines Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Sample Line Group Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Sample Line Labels Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample Line Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample Line Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample Line Tools Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2483
. 2485
. 2486
. 2491
. 2493
. 2495
. 2499
. 2501
. 2501
. 2506
. 2507
. 2508
. 2510
. 2512
. 2512
. 2513
. 2514
. 2515
. 2521
. 2522
. 2525
. 2526
Contents | xix
Section Data Band Style Dialog Box . . . .
Section Display Controls Dialog Box . . . .
Section Editor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Section Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Section Sources Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Section Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Section View Bands Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Section View Band Set Dialog Box . . . . .
Section View Group Bands Dialog Box . . .
Section View Group Properties Dialog Box .
Section View Properties Dialog Box . . . . .
Section View Style Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Select Page Layout Dialog Box . . . . . . .
Sheet Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Sheet Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 74
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2528
. 2530
. 2531
. 2532
. 2533
. 2534
. 2535
. 2535
. 2538
. 2540
. 2542
. 2550
. 2558
. 2558
. 2559
Material Analysis Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2561
Advanced Options Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change Volume Table Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Compute Materials Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compute Quantity Takeoff Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Create Mass Haul Diagram Wizard . . . . . . . . . .
Create Material Volume Table Dialog Box . . . . . .
Create Total Volume Table Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Define Material Criteria Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Mass Haul Line Dialog Box . .
Edit Feature Settings - Mass Haul View Dialog Box . .
Edit Feature Settings - Quantity Takeoff Dialog Box .
Edit Material List Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Pay Item Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mass Haul Line Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Mass Haul Line Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Mass Haul View Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Mass Haul View Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Open Pay Item File Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pay Item Formula Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pay Item Formula Parameters Dialog Box . . . . . .
Pay Item List Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QTO Manager Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantity Takeoff Command Settings Dialog Box . .
Quantity Takeoff Criteria Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Quantity Takeoff Report Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Report Quantities Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select a Sample Line Group Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Select Materials Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 75
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2561
. 2561
. 2562
. 2563
. 2564
. 2566
. 2567
. 2567
. 2568
. 2568
. 2569
. 2572
. 2574
. 2574
. 2576
. 2578
. 2579
. 2587
. 2587
. 2588
. 2588
. 2589
. 2591
. 2592
. 2594
. 2595
. 2595
. 2595
Sites Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2597
Site Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2597
Move To Site Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2599
Copy To Site Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600
Chapter 76
Superelevation Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2601
Calculate Superelevation Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Create Superelevation View Dialog Box . . . . . .
Superelevation Curve Manager Dialog Box . . . . .
Superelevation Import Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Superelevation Tabular Editor (Panorama) . . . . .
Superelevation View Feature Settings Dialog Box .
xx | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2601
. 2601
. 2602
. 2605
. 2606
. 2608
Superelevation View Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2608
Superelevation View Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2609
Superelevation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2610
Chapter 77
Surfaces Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2615
Add Breaklines Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Boundaries Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Contour Data Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Point File Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Points from Drawing Objects Dialog Box . . . . . .
Boundary Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breakline Properties Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catchment Area Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Composite Volume Vista (Panorama) . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Mask/Mask Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Create Reports - Crossing Breakline Report Dialog Box .
Create Reports - Breakline Check Report Dialog Box . . .
Create Surface Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Cropped Surface Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crossing Breaklines Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Define Basin From Entities Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Define Basin From Entered Data Dialog Box . . . . . . .
DEM Coordinate System Properties Dialog Box . . . . .
DEM File (Add/Properties) Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . .
Drape Image Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Surface Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Export Surface to DEM Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extract Objects from Surface Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Hatch Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Import GIS Data Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mask Display Order Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimize Flat Areas Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Move Blocks to Surface Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Move Blocks to Attribute Elevation Dialog Box . . . . .
Select Coordinate Zone Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Render Material Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Coordinate System Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Simplify Surface Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Smooth Surface Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stage Storage Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water Drop Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watershed Display Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 78
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2615
. 2616
. 2617
. 2618
. 2618
. 2619
. 2619
. 2620
. 2620
. 2621
. 2622
. 2622
. 2623
. 2624
. 2625
. 2626
. 2627
. 2627
. 2627
. 2628
. 2629
. 2634
. 2635
. 2635
. 2636
. 2638
. 2639
. 2639
. 2639
. 2640
. 2640
. 2641
. 2641
. 2642
. 2644
. 2655
. 2663
. 2665
. 2665
Survey Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2667
Astronomic Direction Calculator Dialog Box .
Create Breaklines Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Create Figure From Object Dialog Box . . . .
Edit Feature Settings - Survey Dialog Box . . .
Edit Linework Code Set Dialog Box . . . . . .
Equipment Database Manager Dialog Box . .
Export Field Book Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Export Survey LandXML Data Dialog Box . .
Figure Prefix Database Manager Dialog Box .
Figure Properties (Drawing Object) . . . . . .
Import Event Properties . . . . . . . . . . . .
Import Events Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2667
. 2668
. 2669
. 2670
. 2670
. 2672
. 2675
. 2676
. 2677
. 2678
. 2678
. 2679
Contents | xxi
Import / Re-import Field Book Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Import / Re-import Survey LandXML Data Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Import / Re-import Point File Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Import / Re-import Points From Drawing Dialog Box . . . . . . . . .
Import Survey Data Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Least Squares Analysis Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manage Extended Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Control Point/Control Point Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . .
New Direction/Direction Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . .
New/Edit Extended Property Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Figure Group/Figure Group Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
New Network Group/Network Group Properties Dialog Box . . . . .
New Non-Control Point/Non-Control Point Properties Dialog Box . .
New Setup/Setup Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Survey Network Dialog Box/Survey Network Properties Dialog .
New Survey Point Group/Survey Point Group Properties Dialog Box .
New Traverse/Traverse Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Linework Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preview Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Command Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Database Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Database Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Figure Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Figure Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Network Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Network Style Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Panorama Vistas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Point Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey Tab Item View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey User Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Translate Survey Database Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traverse Analysis Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 79
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2679
. 2681
. 2683
. 2684
. 2685
. 2686
. 2687
. 2688
. 2689
. 2690
. 2690
. 2692
. 2692
. 2693
. 2694
. 2695
. 2696
. 2696
. 2697
. 2697
. 2698
. 2698
. 2704
. 2707
. 2710
. 2711
. 2713
. 2724
. 2725
. 2726
. 2730
. 2732
Tables Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2735
Table Style Dialog Box . . . . .
Table Creation Dialog Box . .
Table Properties Dialog Box . .
Renumbering Dialog Box . . .
Add Selection Dialog Box . . .
Remove Selection Dialog Box .
Replace Selection Dialog Box .
Chapter 80
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2735
. 2739
. 2741
. 2742
. 2742
. 2743
. 2743
Utilities Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2745
Description Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapcheck Analysis Window . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust Mapcheck Analysis Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Notes Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Object Viewer Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEC Editor Tab (Options Dialog Box) . . . . . . . . .
Event Viewer Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Event Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter Events Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Find Event Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choose Columns Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-View Block Definition Properties Dialog Box .
Multi-View Block Definition Properties Dialog Box .
Edit Multi-View Block Definition Dialog Box . . . .
New Multi-View Block Definition Dialog Box . . . .
xxii | Contents
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2745
. 2745
. 2748
. 2749
. 2750
. 2751
. 2753
. 2754
. 2755
. 2756
. 2757
. 2757
. 2758
. 2759
. 2759
Blocks Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . .
Inquiry Tool Dialog Box . . . . . . . .
Coordinate Tracker Dialog Box . . . .
Export To SDF Dialog Box . . . . . . .
DWF Publishing Options Dialog Box .
Civil Batch Drawing Converter Dialog
Sight Distance Check Wizard . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
Box Reference .
. . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2759
. 2760
. 2760
. 2761
. 2762
. 2763
. 2765
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2767
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2789
Contents | xxiii
xxiv
Getting Started
1
2
1
New Features
AutoCAD Civil 3D 2011 contains many new features and enhancements.
New Alignments Features
Feature
Description
Location
Automatic curve
widening based
on rules
New widening features have been added to dynamic offset
alignments. Now you can automatically add widening around
horizontal curves based on a design standard (specified in a
design criteria file), or manually by setting numeric values.
Select an offset alignment.
Click Offset Alignment
■
New Widening Criteria tab has been added to the Create
Offset Alignment dialog box.
■
New Add Automatic Widening command provides the
ability to add automatic widening to existing offset alignments.
tab ➤ Modify panel ➤ Add
Automatic Widening
.
For more information, see Adding Automatic Widening to Dynamic Offset Alignments (page 966).
Segmented transitions around
curves for offset
alignments
New command settings improve the way that offset alignments
are drawn in curve conditions. Now you can specify the number
of segments, and the segment type (lines or arcs) used to distribute a widening transition linearly along curves. This enables
more realistic looking transitions on offset alignments. For more
information, see Setting Defaults for Linear Transitions Around
Curves in Widenings (page 969).
In Toolspace ➤ Settings
Improved station
locking behavior
on alignments
The station locking behavior on alignments has been enhanced.
Now design points, such as design speed locations and station
equation definitions, remain in relative geometric locations when
the alignment geometry is edited. Previously, these locations
would move to the new station location, losing their geometric
relevance.
When moving alignments,
you may notice that design
points, such as design speed
locations and station equation definitions, now remain
in relative geometric loca-
tab, expand Alignment ➤
Commands ➤ right-click
AddWidening ➤ Edit
Command Settings. The
new Linear Transition
Around Curves node contains the new command
settings.
3
Feature
Description
Location
tions when the alignment
geometry is edited.
New API Features
Feature
Description
.NET API
.NET API support has been added for the following objects:
■
Offset Alignments
■
Profile and Profile View Labels
■
Superelevation
NOTE AutoCAD Civil 3D 2011 also includes the API enhancements to styles, command settings,
and alignment labels that were included in AutoCAD Civil 3D - .NET API Extension R1 and
AutoCAD Civil 3D Update 2.
For more information, see AutoCAD Civil 3D Developer Help.
New Corridors Features
Feature
Description
Location
Corridor editing
enhancements
A variety of new, and some existing, corridor editing commands
are now available from the Corridor ribbon tab.
For example, now you can modify corridor regions using commands available from the ribbon. These commands are still
available from the Corridor Properties dialog box; however, accessing these commands from the ribbon often provides a more
streamlined workflow.
The following new panels have been added to the Corridor ribbon tab: Modify Corridor, Modify Region, Modify Corridor Section, Analyze. For more information, see Managing and Editing
Corridors (page 1478).
Select a corridor. On the
Corridor ribbon tab there
are new panels and commands.
Baselines in Prospector
The Corridors collection in Prospector now displays the baselines
associated with each corridor. Now you can view and select the
baselines associated with a corridor from the Prospector, as well
as from the Corridor Properties dialog box. For more information,
see Corridors Collection (Prospector Tab) (page 1474).
In the Toolspace, on the
Prospector tab, expand
A new setting automatically adds all geometry points of the offset
target objects and offset baseline alignments into the corridor
definition. This reduces the need for manual operations. Additional assembly insertion stations are automatically added to the
regions at these points. For more information, see Adding Assemblies At Offset Geometry Points (page 1485).
Select a corridor. Click Cor-
Add corridor stations based on
offset targets
4 | Chapter 1 New Features
Corridors ➤ Corridor
name.
ridor tab ➤ Modify Region
panel ➤ Edit Frequency
. Select a region. In the Frequency To Apply Assemblies
dialog box, see the new At
Offset Target Geometry
Points option.
New Data Shortcut Features
Feature
Description
Location
Associate Project
To Current
Drawing
This command is used to associate a default Data Shortcut project
to current drawing. It can also be used to remove the drawing’s
association to a project. For more information, see Associating
a Drawing with a Data Shortcut Project (page 150).
In Toolspace, on the Prospector tab, right-click Data
Associate Project
To Multiple
Drawings
This command is used to associate a default Data Shortcut project
to multiple drawings contained in a specified folder on the file
system. It can also be used to remove the project association
from multiple drawings. For more information, see Associating
Multiple Drawings with a Data Shortcut Project (page 150).
In Toolspace, on the Prospector tab, right-click Data
Shortcuts ➤ Associate
Project To Current Drawing.
Shortcuts ➤ Associate
Project To Multiple Drawings.
New Database and Project Migration Features
Feature
Description
Location
Support for 64bit Operating
System requires
database migration
Due to the requirement to support a 64-bit operating system,
existing external project point databases and survey database
files must be migrated to Microsoft® SQL Server® Compact 3.5
format from Microsoft Access Database format.
The following AutoCAD Civil 3D project files created in AutoCAD
Civil 3D 2010 or earlier versions must be migrated to Microsoft
SQL Server Compact format before they can be accessed in
AutoCAD Civil 3D 2011.
On the Prospector and Survey tabs in Toolspace, an
item that requires migration
will display the “out-of-
■
PointsGeometry.mdb
■
PointsStatus.mdb
■
Survey.sdb
date” icon
to provide a
visual cue that it requires
migration.
To complete the migration,
right-click the item and select the migration command.
For more information, see Survey Databases (page 217).
Support for 64bit Operating
System requires
Vault project migration
Vault projects must also be migrated due to the requirement to
support a 64-bit operating system.
When you perform the migration, Vault checks the project out,
migrates the files, then checks them back in, and the version
number is incremented.
The migrated project files are not backwards-compatible with
previous versions of AutoCAD Civil 3D.
For more information, see Migrating Old Civil 3D Projects (page
176).
On the Prospector tab in
Toolspace, expand the Projects collection. An item
that requires migration will
display the “out-of-date”
icon
to provide a visual
cue that it requires migration.
To complete the migration,
right-click the item and select the migration command.
New Data Shortcut Features | 5
New Labels Features
Feature
Description
Location
Decimal character and digit
grouping support
The following new label options are available:
Properties tab of the Text
Component Editor - Contents dialog box
■
Decimal Character: Use Operating System Setting is now
provided as an option in addition to the existing options
Period and Comma.
■
Digit Grouping Symbol: Select Period, Comma, or Use
Operating System Setting.
■
Digit Grouping: Select a digit grouping or Use Operating
System Setting.
NOTE To change the default Operating System setting click
Start ➤ Settings ➤ Control Panel ➤ Regional And Language
Options. Click the Customize button and make changes on the
Numbers tab.
Station Equation
ID as a label and
table property
Grid and geodetic line labels
The Station Equation ID property is useful in situations where
there are duplicate stations along an alignment because station
equations have been assigned. The new label property indicates
which station equation a specific station value (as shown in the
label) is associated with.
The Station Equation ID property is available for the following
types of label and table styles with station values:
■
Alignments
■
Profiles
■
Profile Views
■
Section Views
■
Mass Haul Line
■
Mass Haul View
■
Pipes
■
Structures
■
Intersections
■
Quantity Takeoff
■
View Frame
■
Match Line
In general line label styles the following grid and geodetic label
options have been added:
■
General Segment Grid Distance
■
General Segment Grid Direction
■
General Segment Geodetic Distance
■
General Segment Geodetic Forward Direction
■
General Segment Geodetic Reverse Direction
6 | Chapter 1 New Features
Properties tab of the Text
Component Editor - Contents dialog box.
Properties tab of the Text
Component Editor - Contents dialog box.
Feature
Description
Location
Profile view band
style anchor control
Previously, profile labels within profile view bands were always
drawn at the midpoint of the segment drawn in the profile view,
regardless of whether this was the true midpoint. Now using
the Anchor Label To setting, you can specify whether you want
to keep this behavior (Segment In Band), or to create the label
at the true midpoint (True Geometry Location). For more information, see Band Details Tab (Profile Data Band Style Dialog Box)
(page 2414).
In Toolspace, on the Settings tab, expand Profile
View ➤ Band Styles, Horizontal Geometry or Vertical
Geometry types
New Pipe Network Features
Feature
Description
Location
Split Network
The new Split Network command enables you to split a pipe
network in to two pipe networks. The selected pipe network
parts do not move, however, they are associated with a new
pipe network name. For more information, see Splitting Pipe
Networks (page 1358).
Select a pipe network. Click
The new Merge Networks command enables you to merge two
pipe networks into a single pipe network. For more information,
see Merging Pipe Networks (page 1359).
Select a pipe network. Click
Now when you create a pipe network from an object, you can
specify the location on the part to use as a Vertex Elevation Reference. Instead of automatically assigning the elevation of the
object to the centerline of the pipe, you can now specify which
part of the pipe (Outside Top, Crown, Centerline, Invert, or
Outside Bottom) is used to specify the elevation of the part. For
more information, see Using Vertex Elevations (page 1336).
Home tab ➤ Create Design
Merge Networks
Vertex Elevation
Reference
Pipe Networks tab ➤ Modify
panel ➤ Split Network
.
Pipe Networks tab ➤ Modify
panel ➤ Merge Networks
.
panel ➤ Pipe Network dropdown ➤ Create Pipe Network From Object .
New Points Features
Feature
Description
Location
List Available
Point Numbers
A new command, List Available Point Numbers, is available to
help you determine which point numbers have already been
used in the drawing. It lists the points that are in use in the current drawing file, and the point numbers that are available to
be assigned for the creation of new COGO points.
Listing Available Point Numbers (page 541).
Select a COGO point. Click
The Point Groups dialog box now includes Move to Top and
Move to Bottom buttons to control the display order.
This dialog box also supports multiple selections of point groups,
using standard Windows selection methods. Use Shift + click to
select a contiguous group, and CTRL + click to select a noncontiguous group.
For more information, see Changing the Point Group Display
Order (page 558).
In Toolspace, on the Prospector tab, right-click the
Point group display order
COGO Point tab ➤ COGO
Point Tools panel ➤
➤ List Available Point
Numbers
.
Point Groups collection ➤
Properties.
New Pipe Network Features | 7
Feature
Description
Location
Geodetic inverse
reporting
Geodetic direction and distance information is now reported in
the Point Inverse inquiry type.
For more information, see Inquiry Types (page 1808).
Analyze tab ➤ Inquiry panel ➤ Inquiry Tool
.
New Point Cloud Features
Feature
Description
Location
Add point cloud
points to surface
The new Add Points To Surface command enables you to extract
points from a point cloud to add to a new or existing surface.
You can use the entire point cloud or points within a specified
region.
For more information, see Adding Point Cloud Points to Surfaces
(page 600).
Select a point cloud. Click
Point Cloud tab ➤ Point
Cloud Tools panel ➤ Add
Points To Surface
.
New Quantity Takeoff Features
Feature
Description
Location
QTO based on
pipe or structure
depth
A new parameter, Part Depth, is now available in the Pay Item
Formula dialog box.
Part Depth can currently be used for AutoCAD Civil 3D pipe and
structure entities. For pipes, Part Depth is defined as (maximum
cover + minimum cover) /2 + part outer diameter. This new
parameter can be used to compute trenching volume for pipes,
for example. For structures, Part Depth is equal to the structure's
height.
For more information, see Applying and Editing Formulas (page
1305).
Analyze tab ➤ QTO panel ➤ QTO Manager
. In
the QTO Manager vista,
click in the Formula cell of
a pay item.
New Reporting Features
Feature
Description
Location
Milling report
A new report, intended to be used with corridor surfaces created
by milling/overlay subassemblies, provides station and offset
data of the milling areas. This report also includes the total area
of milling for the specified corridor and baseline.
For more information, see Create Reports - Milling Report (page
2480).
In Toolspace, on the Toolbox tab, in the Reports
PDF output
Adobe PDF output is now provided for most report types. For
more information, see Generating a Report (page 1758).
Available in report dialog
boxes as a file type.
LandXML Reporting Settings
The settings for the LandXML reports are now exposed in the
Toolbox.
For example, the General Legal Description reports for alignments and parcels use the Legal Descriptions settings.
For more information, see Specifying Report Settings (page 1757).
In Toolspace, on the Toolbox tab, click the Report
Settings button.
8 | Chapter 1 New Features
Manager ➤ Corridor collection
New Sections Features
Feature
Description
Location
Additional volumetric methods
The existing Compute Materials command and the Sample Line
Group Properties (Material List tab) have been enhanced to allow
the selection of the volume computation method: Average End
Area, Prismoidal, or Composite Volume. Previously, section
volumes were calculated using only the Average End Area
method.
For more information, see Sectional Volume Methods (page 1277).
Analyze tab ➤ Volumes And
A new gap definition capability has been added to the Sample
Line Group Properties (Material List tab). You can define gaps
in materials based on station ranges. In addition, you can define
Run Out Distance and Run In Distance properties for the gaps
to allow for better volume calculations in those areas.
For more information, see Defining Gaps and Pockets of Materials
(page 1283).
Select a sample line. Click
Create layouts
from section
views
The new Create Section Sheets command enables you to generate layouts for plotting cross sections. For more information, see
Section Sheet Production (page 1934).
Enhancements have been made to the Create Multiple Views
command to support the Create Section Sheets command. To
generate sheets, you must first generate multiple cross section
views using the new Production option and select a DWT with
a Section type viewport. For more information, see Section
Placement Page (Create Multiple Section Views Wizard) (page
2487).
Click Output tab ➤ Plan
Project objects to
multiple cross
sections in a
single operation
The new Project Objects To Multiple Section Views command
enables you to project objects to multiple section views based
on their proximity to the sample line.
For more information, see Projecting Objects to Multiple Section
Views (page 1265).
Click Home tab ➤ Profile &
Gap definitions
Materials panel ➤ Compute
Materials
.
Sample Line tab ➤ Modify
panel ➤ Group Properties
. Click the Material List
tab, and then click in the
Gap column.
Production panel ➤ Create
Section Sheets
.
Section Views panel ➤ Section Views dropdown ➤ Project Objects To
Multiple Section Views
.
New Superelevation Features
Feature
Description
Location
Calculate/Edit Superelevation
command
The new Calculate/Edit Superelevation command replaces the
Superelevation tab on the Alignment Properties dialog box and
enables you to use a wizard and an editor:
Select an alignment. Click
■
drop-down ➤ Calcu-
■
The Calculate Superelevation wizard walks you through the
calculation of superelevation for all curves or any given
curves in an alignment. The wizard also provides some new
options such as the ability to resolve overlap conditions. For
more information, see Calculating Superelevation Data Using
the Wizard (page 1098).
Alignment tab ➤ Modify
panel ➤ Superelevation
late/Edit Superelevation
.
Prior to calculating superelevation, the Superelevation Curve
Manager displays the details for each curve in the alignment
and the status of the superelevation. When you calculate
New Sections Features | 9
Feature
Description
Location
the superelevation, the Superelevation Curve Manager displays details of each curve as well as the design criteria information that was used to calculate superelevation. Criteria
information includes the criteria file used, the superelevation
rate table, attainment table, and so on. The Superelevation
Curve Manager does not display the actual superelevation
data, just the criteria used for the calculations. Temporary
graphics in the drawing provide visual feedback when you
select a curve. For more information, see Using the Superelevation Curve Manager (page 1102).
Superelevation
Tabular Editor
Superelevation
views
Superelevation
bands on profile
views
The new Superelevation Tabular Editor provides a tabular interface where you can edit superelevation data after creation and
also add or delete critical stations in each region. The editor
displays all of the critical stations and calculated superelevation
data including the cross slopes for each lane.
For more information, see Editing Superelevation Data in the
Tabular Editor (page 1108).
Select an alignment. Click
The new Superelevation View command provides the ability to
create superelevation views, which show a graphical representation of the superelevation along the curves of an alignment.
The superelevation views provide grips for graphical editing.
You can use Ctrl + click to select a single station. Superelevation
Views collections are provided in Toolspace. For more information, see Using Superelevation Views (page 1105).
Select an alignment. Click
New options are provided to control the superelevation band
height and to specify a vertical exaggeration.
For more information, see Band Details Tab (Profile Data Band
Style Dialog Box) (page 2414).
On the Toolspace Settings
Alignment tab ➤ Modify
panel ➤ Superelevation
drop-down ➤ Calculate/Edit Superelevation
.
In the Superelevation Curve
Manager, click Open Tabular Editor.
Alignment tab ➤ Modify
panel ➤ Superelevation Editor drop-down ➤ Superelevation View
.
tab, expand Profile View ➤
Band Styles ➤ Superelevation Data.
Right-click a Superelevation
Data style ➤ Edit. Click the
Band Details tab.
New Surfaces Features
Feature
Description
Location
Bounded
Volumes command adds support for datum
elevation
The Bounded Volumes command has been enhanced to calculate surface-to-datum elevation volumes. Previously, for terrain
surfaces, the volume was calculated from the zero elevation to
the elevations in the bounded area. Now instead of defaulting
to zero, you can specify the datum elevation to use.
For more information, see Calculating Bounded Volumes (page
742).
Analyze tab ➤ Volumes And
10 | Chapter 1 New Features
Materials panel ➤ Volumes
drop-down ➤ Bounded
Volumes
.
New Toolspace Features
Feature
Description
Location
Commands for
opening and
closingToolspace
tabs
The Toolspace window, and each Toolspace tab, can now be
opened and closed individually.
For more information, see Opening or Closing the Toolspace
Window (page 96).
Home tab ➤ Palettes panel
Survey Toolspace
commands
In the Survey Toolspace collections, the order and functionality
for some of the right-click commands has changed.
The panorama vista editor is displayed when you use the rightclick Edit command on an item in the Network collection.
The panorama vista editor is displayed when you use the rightclick Edit command from the Network Groups, Figure Groups,
and Survey Point Groups collections.
The right-click Edit command is no longer available from selected
items in the item list view in Survey Toolspace.
Survey tab of Toolspace
Survey Toolspace
The preview pane has been removed from the Survey tab and
is now shown in a separate window.
Survey tab of Toolspace
■
The preview window can be opened and closed by selecting
the Survey Preview button from the Survey tab toolbar.
■
The Survey Preview Settings can be accessed by selecting
the Survey Preview Settings button from the Survey tab
toolbar.
■
When the preview window is open, any item selected in the
Survey Toolspace (tree view or list view) that supports a
preview will be displayed in the preview window according
to its current Survey Preview Settings.
and View tab ➤ Palettes
panel.
Enhanced DGN Data Support
Feature
Description
Location
Attach a DGN
File as an Underlay
You can import MicroStation DGN drawing files into DWG files.
The import process translates basic DGN data into the corresponding DWG file data. The DGN data is placed into the DWG
as an underlay. Depending on the settings that you specify, the
DGN entities and their associated linetypes may be nested
within the DGN underlay, and then copied into the host drawing.
For more information, see Attaching a DGN File as an Underlay
(page 1897).
Insert tab ➤ Import pan-
Copy nested objects nested in a
DGN underlay
You can copy objects that are nested in a DGN underlay that
exists in the current drawing. The NCopy command copies
nested objects from DGN underlays, xrefs, or blocks into the
host drawing. For more information, see Copying Objects that
are Nested in a DGN Underlay (page 1898).
Home tab ➤ Modify pan-
el ➤
Import. Select a
DGN file. On the Import
DGN Settings dialog box,
select the Import Into Current Drawing check box.
el ➤ Copy Nested Objects
New Toolspace Features | 11
Subscription Features
The Subscription Advantage Pack for AutoCAD Civil 3D 2010 has been integrated into AutoCAD Civil 3D
2011, as have the HEC-RAS and Stage Storage extensions.
HEC-RAS and Stage Storage Extensions
Feature
Description
Location
HEC-RAS Extension
The HEC-RAS Import and Export Tools Extension is now integrated intoAutoCAD Civil 3D. These tools enable you to analyze
flood data using the River Analysis System public domain software from the United States Army Corps of Engineers’ Hydrologic
Engineering Center. For more information, see HEC-RAS Import
and Export (page 1887).
Click Output tab ➤ Export
panel ➤ Export To HEC RAS
.
Click Insert tab ➤ Import
panel ➤
RAS
Stage Storage Extension
The Stage Storage Tool Extension is now integrated into AutoCAD Civil 3D. Using these tools, you can calculate incremental
and cumulative volumes of a basin from an AutoCAD Civil 3D
surface, using either a surface or polylines to define the basin.
For more information, see Calculating Stage Storage Volumes
from a Surface (page 743).
➤ Import HEC
.
Click Analyze tab ➤ Stage
Storage
.
Subscription Advantage Pack Features: Alignments
Feature
Description
Location
Create Alignment
From Existing
Alignment
Provides the ability to create a new alignment from all or part
of an existing horizontal alignment. For more information, see
Creating an Alignment from an Existing Alignment (page 957).
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Design panel ➤ Alignment
drop-down ➤ Create Alignment From Existing Alignment
Create Best Fit
Alignment
.
Provides the ability to create a new alignment using points surveyed along a roadway centerline. Input can also be polylines
or blocks. For more information, see Creating an Alignment by
Best Fit (page 960).
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Spiral By Swept
Angle
Provides the ability to draw a spiral by specifying the total angle
that the spiral sweeps through. The prompt for angle is added
to the existing prompt for A value or length. For more information, see To add a fixed spiral (page 1017).
Additional prompt added
to existing spiral creation
command.
Import Superelevation Data From
File
Provides the ability to import superelevation data from a Microsoft Excel CSV file. For more information, see Importing Superelevation Data (page 1100).
Select an alignment. Click
Design panel ➤ Alignment
drop-down ➤ Create Best
Fit Alignment
.
Alignment tab ➤ Modify
panel ➤ Superelevation
drop-down ➤ Calculate/Edit Superelevation
.
Select the Tabular Editor
button on the Superelevation Curve Manager dialog
box.
12 | Chapter 1 New Features
Feature
Description
Location
Click the Import Superelevation Data From File button
.
Subscription Advantage Pack Features: Inquiry
Feature
Description
Location
Minimum Distance Between
Entities
Provides the ability to list the shortest 2D distance between two
entities and to optionally draw a persistent line to identify the
location of this distance. For more information, see Identifying
the Shortest Distance Between Two Entities (page 1811).
Click Analyze tab ➤ Inquiry
Provides the ability to list the minimum vertical distance between
two surfaces. For more information, see Identifying the Shortest
Distance Between Two Surfaces (page 770).
Click Analyze tab ➤ Ground
Minimum Distance Between
Surfaces
panel
Minimum Dis-
tance Between Entities
.
Data panel
Minimum
Distance Between Surfaces
.
Minimum Vertical Distance
Between Entities
Provides the ability to list the vertical distance between two entities at the point where they cross in plan view. For more information, see Identifying the Vertical Distance Between Two Entities
(page 1812).
Click Analyze tab ➤ Inquiry
panel
Minimum Vertical Distance Between Entities
.
Subscription Advantage Pack Features: Point Clouds
Feature
Description
Location
Create Point
Cloud
Provides the ability to create a point cloud object, which is a
collection of points scanned from a terrestrial or airborne laser
scanner. For more information, see Creating Point Cloud Objects
(page 596).
There are new collections in the Toolspace Settings and Prospector trees for managing point clouds.
For more information about point cloud settings, see Point Cloud
Settings dialog box (page 2379).
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Ground Data panel
Create Point Cloud
.
Subscription Advantage Pack Features: Points
Feature
Description
Location
Zoom To Point
Provides the ability to zoom to a COGO point, specified by
number or name. For more information, see Zooming to a Point
(page 1768).
Ribbon: Select a point. Click
COGO Point tab ➤ COGO
Point Tools panel
To Point
Zoom
.
Subscription Features | 13
Feature
Description
Location
Transparent Commands
toolbar:
Subscription Advantage Pack Features: Profiles
Feature
Description
Location
Create Best Fit
Profile
Provides the ability to create a new profile using points surveyed
along a roadway centerline. Input can also be polylines or blocks.
For more information, see Creating a Profile by Best Fit (page
1154).
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Design panel ➤ Profile
drop-down ➤ Create Best
Fit Profile
.
Profile Grade Elevation
Provides the ability to create a point of vertical intersection (PVI)
at a specific elevation along a fixed grade line. For more information, see Using Elevation and Grade to Specify a Point Location
in a Profile View (page 1783).
Transparent Commands
Solve Tangent Intersection
Provides the ability to create a continuous profile of tangents
and PVIs from existing profile tangents that do not currently intersect. For more information, see Extending Profile Tangents
to a PVI (page 1165).
Available from the Profile
toolbar:
.
Layout Tools ➤ tangent
creation drop-down.
Subscription Advantage Pack Features: Roundabouts
Feature
Description
Location
Create Roundabout
Provides the ability to automatically draw a roundabout by selecting existing alignments. For more information, see Creating
Roundabouts (page 1631).
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Design panel ➤ Intersections drop-down ➤ Create
Roundabout
Edit Roundabout
Provides the ability to edit a roundabout that had been drawn
using the Create Roundabout feature. For more information, see
Editing Roundabouts (page 1634).
.
Select a roundabout alignment.Click Alignment
tab ➤ Modify Roundabout
panel ➤ Edit Roundabout
.
Delete Roundabout
Provides the ability to delete elements created using the Create
Roundabout feature. For more information, see Deleting
Roundabouts (page 1637).
Select a roundabout alignment.Click Alignment
tab ➤ Modify Roundabout
panel ➤ Delete Roundabout
.
Add Approach
Provides the ability to add an approach road to a roundabout
that has been created using the Create Roundabout feature. For
more information, see Adding Approach Roads (page 1632).
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Design panel ➤ Intersections drop-down ➤ Add
Approach
Add Turn Slip
Lane
Provides the ability to add a slip lane to a roundabout that has
been created using the Create Roundabout feature. For more
information, see Adding Slip Lanes (page 1633).
14 | Chapter 1 New Features
.
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Design panel ➤ Intersec-
Feature
Description
Location
tions drop-down ➤ Add
Turn Slip Lane
.
Subscription Advantage Pack Features: Surfaces
Feature
Description
Location
Create Cropped
Surface
Provides the ability to crop a section of a large surface along
existing triangulation lines, and to put the cropped surface in a
new or existing drawing. For more information, see Cropping
Surfaces (page 716).
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Ground Data panel ➤ Surfaces drop-down ➤ Create
Cropped Surface
Create Surface
From GIS Data
Provides the ability to create a surface based on Arc Spatial Data
Engine (ArcSDE). For more information, see Creating Surfaces
from GIS Data (page 658).
.
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Ground Data panel ➤ Surfaces drop-down ➤ Create
Surface From GIS Data
.
Resolve Crossing
Breaklines
Provides the ability to identify and resolve crossing breaklines in
a surface or a survey database. For more information, see Finding
and Fixing Crossing Breaklines (page 771).
Click Analyze tab ➤ Ground
Data panel
Resolve
Crossing Breaklines
Breakline Reports
Provides reports to list crossing breaklines in a surface or a survey
database and to list invalid breakline conditions. For more information, see Creating Breakline Reports (page 772).
.
In Toolspace, on the Toolbox tab, expand Reports
Manager ➤ Breakline.
Subscription Advantage Pack Features: Survey
Feature
Description
Location
Creating new
survey figures
Create new survey figures by selecting COGO Points, Survey
Points, or other positions in the drawing. For more information,
see Creating a New Figure (page 347).
In Toolspace, on the Survey
Provides a new interface for editing survey figures. For more information, see Editing Survey Figure Vertices (page 366).
Select a figure in the drawing. Click Survey
Survey Figure
Properties
tab ➤ right-click Figures
collection ➤ New.
tab ➤ Modify panel ➤ Survey Figure Properties
Importing multiple point files
Import TSS File
Provides the ability to use control-click to select multiple point
files for import. For more information, see Importing Multiple
Point Files (page 262).
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Provides the ability to import TSS field survey data files. For more
information, see Importing Multiple Point Files (page 262).
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Ground Data panel ➤ Import Survey Data
Provides the ability to import point files using point file formats
that contain user-defined properties. For more information, see
Importing Point Files that Contain User-defined Properties (page
263)
.
Ground Data panel ➤ Import Survey Data
Importing point
files that contain
user-defined
properties
.
.
Click Home tab ➤ Create
Ground Data panel ➤ Import Survey Data
.
Subscription Features | 15
Feature
Description
Location
Display Change
Report
Provides a report to show changes to the survey database. For
more information, see Survey Database Change Report (page
221).
In Toolspace, on the Survey
tab, right-click a survey
database ➤ Display
Change Report.
Subscription Advantage Pack Features: Visibility Checks
Feature
Description
Location
Drive
Displays a 3D visual perspective that simulates “driving” along
a roadway. For more information, see Using the Drive Command
(page 1842).
Click Analyze tab ➤ Design
Provides line of sight analysis between any two points in the
model with respect to one or more surfaces. For more information, see Checking Sight Distance Using Point to Point Line of
Sight (page 1845).
Click Analyze tab ➤ Design
Point To Point
panel ➤ Visibility Check
drop-down ➤ Drive
panel ➤ Visibility Check
drop-down ➤ Point To
Point
Check Sight Distance
Provides line of sight analysis at specified intervals along a corridor. For more information, see Calculating Sight Distance Along
a Corridor (page 1846).
Provides line of sight analysis 360 degrees around a single point
with respect to one or more surfaces. For more information, see
Checking Sight Distance Using a Zone of Visual Influence (page
1848).
.
Click Analyze tab ➤ Design
panel ➤ Visibility Check
drop-down ➤ Check Sight
Distance
Zone Of Visual
Influence
.
.
Click Analyze tab ➤ Design
panel ➤ Visibility Check
drop-down ➤ Zone Of
Visual Influence
.
Changes to Drawing Templates
Included Templates
Feature
Description
New templates for section sheet creation
New imperial and metric templates are provided for section
sheet creation. These templates have a viewport that is set to
“Section” type.
The following section templates are located in the Template\Plan
Production folder:
16 | Chapter 1 New Features
■
Civil 3D (Imperial) Section.dwt
■
Civil 3D (Metric) Section.dwt
Feature
Description
For more information, see To prepare drawing templates for
using the plan production tools (page 1902).
Drawing Settings
Feature
Description
Drawing Settings dialog box, Object Layers
tab
Superelevation View layer: C-ROAD-SE-VIEW
General Settings
Feature
Description
General line label styles
Geodetic and grid direction and distance properties can be
labeled on line segments. The following new label styles are
provided as sample content to support these new direction and
distance properties.
■
Geodetic Azimuth Over Distance
■
Geodetic Bearing Over Distance
■
Grid Azimuth Over Distance
■
Grid Bearing Over Distance
Alignment Settings
Feature
Description
Feature Settings
Superelevation Options
Feature Settings
■
Number Of Lanes - Left: 1
■
Number Of Lanes - Right: 1
■
Normal Shoulder Width: 5.0000’, 1.500m
■
% On Tangent For Tangent - Curve: 66.67%
■
% On Spiral For Spiral - Curve: 100%
■
Design Speed Lookup Method: Use Nearest Higher Speed
■
Radius Lookup Method: Use Nearest Lower Radius
■
Curve Smoothing Length: 50.0000’, 20.000m
Automatic Widening Around Curves
■
Widening To Apply On: Inside Only
■
Wheelbase Length: 24.000’, 8.000m
■
Add Automatic Widening At Curves: No
■
Widening By: Through Design Standards
■
Manual Widening Width: 3.000’, 1.000m
NOTE The Manual Widening Width and Manual
Transition Length options are used when the Manual
option is selected for the Widening By setting.
■
Manual Transition Length: 60.000’, 20.000m
Changes to Drawing Templates | 17
Feature
Description
Command Settings: AddWidening
Linear Transition Around Curves
■
Number Of Segments: 3
■
Transition Segment Type: Lines
Corridor Settings
Feature
Description
Command Settings: CreateCorridor and
CreateSimpleCorridor
Assembly Insertion Defaults
Command Settings: MatchCorrRegionParams
■
Offset Target Geometry Points: True
■
Frequency settings changed to 20.000m (for metric templates only)
All new
Pipe Network Settings
Feature
Description
Feature Settings
Pipe Network Defaults
■
Label Styles
Use Size Name From Parts List As Description: Yes
Default names for Plan Profile labels are now consistent for imperial and metric templates (“Length Description and Slope”
and “Name Only”).
Point Cloud Object Settings
Feature
Description
Point cloud styles
■
True Color: Displays point cloud points in true color if the
point cloud database contains RGB data.
■
LIDAR Point Classification: Displays point cloud points by
LIDAR point classification if the point cloud database contains
LIDAR point classification data.
■
Elevation Ranges: Displays the point cloud points in elevation
ranges, at a specified number of ranges or range interval
and a color scheme.
■
Grayscale Intensity: Displays point cloud points in a grayscale
intensity if the point cloud database contains intensity data.
■
Scaled Color Intensity (Red, Green, Blue versions): Displays
point cloud points in either a red, green, or blue scaled color
intensity if the point cloud database contains intensity data.
■
Single Color: Displays the point cloud points in a single color.
Feature Settings
Command Settings: CreatePointCloud
18 | Chapter 1 New Features
Default Styles
■
Point Cloud Default Style: Single Color
■
Layer: V-SITE-SCAN
Feature
Description
■
File Format: LAS
■
Point Cloud Default Style: Single Color
■
Point Cloud Name Template: Point Cloud -
■
Surface Option: Add Points To A New Surface
■
Region Option: Point Cloud Extents
■
Mid-Ordinate Distance: 1.000’, 0.333m
■
Point Cloud Default Style: Single Color
■
Point Cloud Name Template: Point Cloud -
Command Settings: AddPointCloudPoints
■
Default File Format: LAS
Point file formats
The following new point file formats are provided to support the
importing of point cloud data using the point cloud commands
CreatePointCloud and AddPointsToSurface.
Comma and space-delimited versions of the following:
Command Settings: AddPointsToSurface
System variables
■
XYZ_Intensity: Contains X, Y, Z coordinates and Intensity
data
■
XYZ_RGB: Contains X, Y, Z coordinates and RGB data
■
XYZ_LIDAR Classification: Contains X, Y, Z coordinates and
LiDAR point classification data
■
POINTCLOUDDENSITY: 50
■
POINTCLOUDRTDENSITY: 5
Quantity Takeoff Settings
Feature
Description
Command Settings: ComputeMaterials
Define Materials Options
■
Volume Computation Method: Average End Area
Sample Line Settings
Feature
Description
Command Settings: CreateSampleLines
(metric templates only)
■
Default Swath Widths: Widths are changed to 20.000m
■
Sampling Increments: Increments are changed to 20.000m
Section View Settings
Feature
Description
Feature Settings
Default Name Format
■
Cross Section Sheet Layout Name Template: Section Sheet
-
Changes to Drawing Templates | 19
Feature
Description
Command Settings: CreateMultipleSectionView
Multiple Section View Creation
Command Settings
All new for the following new commands:
■
Placement Option: Production
■
ProjectObjectsToMultiSect
■
CreateSectionSheets
Superelevation View Settings
Feature
Description
Object Style
Basic style added to support new superelevation views.
Feature Settings
All new
Command Settings: CreateSuperelevationView
All new
20 | Chapter 1 New Features
2
Workflows
Refer to this section for workflow information for common tasks you might perform when working with AutoCAD Civil
3D.
Moving Data from Land Desktop
Use this workflow to help you efficiently move existing data from AutoCAD Land Desktop to AutoCAD Civil
3D.
Prepare for the move
A clear understanding of your current workflows
----- and processes will help you implement AutoCAD
Civil 3D successfully and be better able to validate
results.
Map or setup styles and settings
Styles control the appearance and sometimes the
behavior of AutoCAD Civil 3D objects. By using
----- styles in AutoCAD Civil 3D, you have great
flexibility in the presentation of design elements,
including labels and tables.
Migrate the LDT data
----- There are various tools and methods for moving
Land Desktop data into AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Labels and Tables Workflow
You can use the workflow topics as a reference for the process of working with labels and tables.
Each topic contains a brief explanation of a stage in the development of labels or tables and provides links
to specific tasks in that stage.
21
Setting Up Label Settings and Styles
Specify settings for labels at various levels in the hierarchal Settings tree. In addition, you define specific
settings for individual labels in the label styles, which manage label content.
The highest levels of settings can serve as a general prototype model for settings that are lower in the
hierarchy. Those settings, if not locked at the drawing level, can be overridden in subordinate settings.
To set up label settings and styles
Define default settings for all labels
----- Right-click the drawing name in the Settings tree
in a drawing (page 1654)
and click Edit Label Style Defaults.
Define default settings for all labels
----- Right-click the feature name in the Settings tree
belonging to a feature (page 1655)
and click Edit Label Style Defaults.
Define default settings for a specific
label style type in a feature (page ----- Right-click the label style type name and click Edit
Label Style Defaults.
1655)
Define a label style (page 1656)
----- Define the settings for a new label style.
Manage label style properties
(page 1664)
----- Define label style layer, visibility, display mode,
and text style.
Inserting and Managing Labels
Follow these steps as a guide to efficiently insert and manage labels.
To insert and manage labels
You usually add labels to drawings when you
Add labels to a drawing (page 1701) ----- create objects such as points, alignments, or
parcels. You can also add labels after you create
the objects.
22 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Modify labels in a drawing (page
1712)
You can modify label object properties by
----- right-clicking a label and selecting Label Properties
or Properties to open the AutoCAD Properties
palette.
You can use the Layout tab of the Label Style
Add content to labels (page 1686) ----- Composer to define label components, which
define the content of labels.
Add expressions (page 1726)
----- Set up mathematical expressions to use in label
styles.
Manage layout properties (page
1671)
You use the Layout tab of the Label Style
----- Composer dialog box to control text and border
settings, display properties, and content.
Use the Dragged State tab of the Label Style
Manage dragged properties (page
----- Composer dialog box to define leader visibility
1681)
and properties for dragged label text.
Set up labels to be used as tags
(page 1664)
If a label style supports the use of tags and tables,
----- there are a few unique properties you can manage
in the style by changing settings in the Label Style
Composer.
Inserting and Managing Tables
Follow these steps as a guide to efficiently insert and manage tables.
To insert and manage tables
Set up table styles (page 1738)
----- Table styles define which data is displayed in the
table, and control the table appearance.
Inserting and Managing Tables | 23
Add tables to a drawing (page 1748) ----- Specify table data differently for each object type.
Add surface legend tables (page
1749)
----- Surface tables are created in a legend style and
do not use label styles or tags.
Modify tables (page 1750)
----- You can modify the appearance of a table, or add
or remove data.
Project Management Workflow
Determine whether the project uses data shortcuts or Autodesk Vault, then choose the appropriate workflow.
Standard Workflow
Use these steps as a guide to create an efficient network of drawings within a project.
Set up file access controls
Establish written procedures for project members
----- who will create or access project data. Make
communication between project members a
priority.
Create individual design objects
----- Create the basic surfaces, alignments, and other
object to be shared.
Combine objects into base
drawings
----- Use data references to share read-only copies of
objects across multiple design drawings.
Assemble data for production
drawings
Combine reference objects and external
----- references (xrefs) of entire drawings to produce
the final drawings.
24 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Data Shortcuts Workflow
Follow these steps for each new data shortcut project.
Set up the project data (page 146) ----- Select the appropriate project template, then
create a project folder within the working folder.
Set up the data shortcuts folder
(page 148)
Designate the new project folder as the active
----- data shortcuts folder. Save project drawings in
the appropriate subfolders of the project folder.
Create data shortcuts (page 151) ----- Open each design drawing and create shortcuts
for any objects to be shared with other drawings.
Create read-only references to specific objects in
Create object references (page 151) ----- other drawings, which are known as consumer
drawings.
Validate data shortcuts (page 155) ----- Periodically validate shortcuts and repair any
broken references.
Autodesk Vault Workflow
Follow these steps for each new Autodesk Vault project.
Designate a Vault Server and
database (page 158)
----- Designate a Vault server and database for the
project.
Create the project in the database
----- Create the project folder and subfolders, ideally
(page 171)
using a standard template.
Data Shortcuts Workflow | 25
Create Vault user names and
groups (page 167)
----- Set appropriate access permissions for user groups
to protect the project data.
Identify and partition project
objects (page 165)
----- Identify project objects and develop a strategy
for partitioning project object data.
While adding source drawings to the project,
Add drawings to the project (page
----- designate which objects can be shared with other
177)
drawings.
Create references to source objects
----- Create read-only object references to save space
in other drawings (page 183)
in the consumer drawings.
Synchronize drawings with latest
project data (page 182)
Ensure that data references are regularly updated
----- with the latest versions of project objects as
designs change.
When a major milestone is reached, use the Vault
Label project milestones (page 174) ----- Labeling feature to tag the appropriate version
of each project file.
Survey Workflow
For information about project phases, see Survey Project Phases (page 210).
Prepare for Survey Data
Before adding survey data to a survey database and drawing, ensure that the styles and settings are set up.
There are several types of settings that you must specify before importing or creating survey data.
Verify Survey user settings (page
227)
26 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Survey user settings are specific to a Windows
----- user login account and affect only the survey
features including linework defaults.
Set or verify equipment properties
----- Equipment properties specify the values
(page 246)
associated with a specific surveying instrument.
The Survey Figure Prefix database contains
Create/verify Figure Prefix database
----- information on how figures are created and
(page 222)
stylized.
A survey database contains all the control points,
Create Survey database (page 217) ----- known directions, observation measurements,
traverse definitions, figures, and standard
deviations.
Import/edit Survey database
settings (page 238)
----- Survey database settings are specific to the survey
features of an AutoCAD Civil 3D survey database.
Verify Survey drawing settings
(page 247)
Survey drawing feature settings specify the default
----- styles for the survey network object and the figure
object.
Create/verify Survey styles (page
216)
----- Survey styles to control the way the survey
networks and figures are displayed in a drawing.
Obtain and Create Survey Data
Survey data can be brought into AutoCAD Civil 3D using several methods including importing from field
books and LandXML files as well as entering data manually.
Transfer and convert raw file to
.fbk files (page 266)
----- Use the Survey Data Collection Link to download
raw data and convert it to a field book file.
Obtain and Create Survey Data | 27
Import survey data (page 261)
Use the Survey Data wizard, import field book
----- files, import survey LandXML data directly into
the survey database, import a point file, or import
points from a drawing.
Review/update import events
(page 274)
The import event provides a framework that you
----- can use to view and edit specific survey data that
is referenced within the import event.
Add/edit survey data (page 279)
Use AutoCAD Civil 3D to define and manage
----- survey data such as point, setups, directions,
traverses, and figures.
Create/edit survey figures (page
347)
Use the Survey Figure commands to create and
----- edit survey figures, as well as to perform figure
inquiries.
Adjust, Analyze, and Output Survey Data
After you have imported or created survey data, you can use several tools to adjust, analyze, and output it.
Perform a Mapcheck Analysis by selecting
AutoCAD Civil 3D line and curve labels to
Perform mapcheck analysis (page
----- determine values from label objects based on the
1795)
precision of the annotation of the label object, or
enter mapcheck data manually.
Analyze Survey Figures (page 382) ----- Obtain figure information using mapcheck and
inverse methods.
Analyze Survey Networks (page
389)
----- Perform Least Squares analysis.
Analyze Survey traverses (page 403) ----- Analyze traverse data to determine the error of
closure.
28 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Export survey data to a field book
----- Export survey data from an individual network,
(page 269)
individual figure, or collection of figures.
Create surface breaklines (page 349) ----- Use figures that you located in your survey as
surface breaklines.
Export data to LandXML (page 270) ----- Export survey LandXML data directly from the
survey database.
Points Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you might perform when working with points in
AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Creating a Drawing Template for Points
Creating drawing templates that contain standard styles, settings, and other point-related information helps
you work more efficiently and ensures that final drawings conform to office standards.
To create a drawing template for points
Create a new drawing (page 132) ----- Open an existing drawing or create a new one.
Set the default point settings (page
----- Select the default point settings for the template.
439)
Create the point styles (page 450) ----- Create the point styles for the template.
Points Workflow | 29
Create the point label styles (page
----- Create the point label styles for the template.
452)
Create the point table styles (page
----- Create the point table styles for the template.
1738)
Create the point groups (page 561) ----- Create the point groups for the template.
Create the description keys (page
----- Create the description keys for the template.
584)
Create the point file formats (page
----- Create the point file formats for the template.
529)
Save the drawing as a template
(.dwt)
----- Saving the drawing as template enables you to
leverage the styles and settings.
Creating a Project Point Database
Adding points to an AutoCAD Civil 3D project allows others to access the points.
For more information about AutoCAD Civil 3D projects, see Project Management (page 143).
To create a project point database
Create a new drawing (page 132) ----- Open an existing drawing or create a new one.
30 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Create points in the drawing (page
----- Use any method, including importing point data
456)
from a file.
Create an AutoCAD Civil 3D
project (page 171)
----- Create a new project in the project database.
Add the drawing points to the
project (page 189)
----- Use the Add To Project command to add points
to a project.
Protect the project points (page
192)
----- To prevent others from modifying the project
points, protect them.
Creating Points in a Drawing
Before creating points in a drawing, specify settings and options that control how points are created and
how they appear in a drawing.
Save time by saving commonly used styles, description keys, point groups, and point file formats in a drawing
template. For more information, see Creating a Drawing Template for Points (page 29).
To create points in a drawing
Use a drawing template that contains styles,
Create a new drawing (page 132) ----- description keys, point file formats, and point
groups you will use
Choose point creation settings
(page 444)
----- Using any method, including importing point
data from a file.
Select point identity settings (page
----- If you plan to create points by importing, select
443)
Point Identity settings.
Creating Points in a Drawing | 31
Specify description key matching
----- If you are using description key matching, specify
(page 582)
the order in which description keys are matched.
Create/import the points (page 456)
To create copies of project points, use either the
or create copies of project points ----- Get From Project command or the Check Out
(page 192)
command.
Changing the Appearance of Points in a Drawing
Before producing hard-copy drawings for a project, you can adjust the appearance of the points in the
AutoCAD Civil 3D drawing.
Use styles and point groups to change the appearance of the points in a drawing.
To change the appearance of points in a drawing
Use another style. For example, you can remove
Change the appearance of points
(page 449) or use point group
----- the point numbers from the display.
Use point group overrides to change the
overrides (page 555)
appearance of all the points in a point group.
Delete unwanted points (page 519) ----- You can delete unwanted points using the Point
Editor.
Use layers to control point visibility
----- If you prefer that some points are not displayed,
(page 454)
you can turn off or freeze the layer.
Surfaces Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you can perform when working with surfaces in
AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Preparing for Surface Data
Before adding surface data to a drawing, ensure that the styles and settings are set up. Consider creating
drawing templates that contain standard styles and settings. It helps you work more efficiently and ensure
that your final drawings conform to your office standards.
32 | Chapter 2 Workflows
To create a drawing template for surfaces
Create a new drawing (page 132) ----- Open an existing drawing or create a new one.
Select the default surface settings
----- Specify the default behavior for surface-related
(page 737)
commands.
Create the surface styles (page 749) ----- Use the Toolspace Settings tab to create a surface
style.
Create the surface label styles
(page 752)
----- Use the Toolspace Settings tab to manage surface
label styles.
Create the surface table styles
(page 762)
----- Use the Toolspace Settings tab to manage surface
table styles.
Save the drawing as a template
(.dwt)
----- Saving the drawing as template enables you to
leverage the styles and settings.
Creating Surfaces in a Drawing
Before you create surfaces in a drawing, set up your environment to take advantage of the settings and
options AutoCAD Civil 3D offers for automatically labeling surfaces and surface objects.
To work even more effectively, save the styles in a drawing template. For more information, see Preparing
for Surface Data (page 32).
To create a surface
Create a new drawing (page 132) ----- Create a drawing based on the desired template.
Creating Surfaces in a Drawing | 33
Select surface creation settings
(page 738)
----- Use surface settings to specify the default behavior
for surface-related commands.
Select default surface styles (page
----- Surface styles control the way a surface is
748)
displayed in a drawing.
Select surface label and table styles
----- Surface label and table styles control the way a
(page 752)
surface’s labels and tables are displayed.
Create a new surface or import a
surface (page 648)
----- Create Grid or TIN surface or import a surface
from a TIN or DEM file.
Adding and Managing Surface Data
When you create a surface, the surface may be empty and therefore is not visible in the drawing. However,
the surface name is displayed in the Prospector tree so you can perform other operations, such as adding
data.
To add and manage surface data
Review the surface editing
operations (page 699)
----- Expand the surface item in the Prospector tree to
display its data.
Add/edit surface data (page 660) ----- Edit operations are added to a surface definition.
Review the surface definition
(page 660)
34 | Chapter 2 Workflows
----- A surface definition is a collection of a surface’s
build, data, and edit properties.
Manage the surface (page 730)
----- View and change the surface and its data.
Changing the Appearance of Surfaces
As your design progresses, you can change the look of your drawing by changing the surface style or surface
label styles.
To change the appearance of surfaces in a drawing
Create a new style (page 749) or
edit an existing style (page 750)
----- Surface styles control the display of all surface
components.
Modify the label styles (page
762)or modify the table styles (page ----- Move and edit the label and table styles as
required.
762)
Analyzing Surface Information
You can create analysis of surface data and view surface information and statistics.
To analyze surface information
View the statistics for the surface
(page 739)
----- AutoCAD Civil 3D provides extensive statistics
based on the current state of the surface.
Create an analysis of the surface
(page 764)
----- You can analyze depressions, elevations, contours,
slopes, and watersheds.
Calculate volumes (page 740)
----- Query composite and bounded volume
differences between surface.
Changing the Appearance of Surfaces | 35
Analyze waterdrop paths (page 767) ----- Trace the path that water takes across a surface.
Check for contour problems (page
----- Identify problems with contours that are drawn
766)
according to the surface style’s contour settings.
Analyzing Stage Storage Volumes
Use the Stage Storage Tool in AutoCAD Civil 3D 2011 to analyze the stage storage volumes of basins.
Determine the boundaries for a
basin to be analyzed (page 743)
Before you analyze a basin, use either surface
----- objects or polylines to create the basin
boundaries.
Edit display settings for contours
(page 744)
Before you can calculate basin volumes, you must
----- ensure the contours are displayed in the surface
style.
Set up a Stage Storage Volume
report (page 744)
In the Stage Storage Volume Analysis dialog box,
----- enter the administrative and calculation
information for the Stage Storage Volume
analysis.
Define the basin (page 744)
Define the basin by selecting surface objects or
----- polylines in the drawing, or by manually entering
surface object parameters for the basin.
Save and display the Stage Storage
----- Save the Stage Storage Volume Table, and display
Volume Table (page 747)
it in the drawing.
Save and display the Stage Storage
----- When you save the Stage Storage Volume report,
Volume report (page 747)
the report opens in your default text file viewer.
36 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Grading Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of the most common grading tasks you might perform when
working with grading in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Setting up Gradings
This section provides high-level descriptions of grading-related tasks you might perform during the early
stages of a project.
Before you begin, save time and effort in the design and drafting phase by doing some setup tasks. Establish
and save grading criteria as a collection of values for commonly used slope methods and projections. Then
apply saved criteria to any grading you create. The following is a list of setup tasks:
To set up for grading
Establish grading settings (page
801)
----- Define the units of measurement for all gradings.
Create grading styles (page 802)
----- Grading styles determine how gradings appear
in the drawing.
Grading criteria predefine the methods and
projections for grading.
Define grading criteria (page 804) ----Watch video: Create a Criteria Set and Criteria
(1 minute 35 seconds)
Designing and Creating Gradings
This section provides high-level descriptions of grading-related tasks you might perform during the design
phase of a project after completing the setup tasks (page 37).
To perform grading design tasks
Create feature lines (page 808)
Convert existing objects, draw parcel lot lines or
----- feature lines, or export feature lines from corridor
models.
Use grading groups to organize the base-line
Create grading groups (page 806) ----- geometry and to control the interaction of
grading objects.
Grading Workflow | 37
Create the grading (page 855)
----- Use the Grading Creation Tools.
Modify the grading as required
(page 858)
----- Use edit commands on the Grading menu or the
Grading Creation Tools.
Outputting Grading Information
This section provides high-level descriptions of grading-related tasks that you might perform during the
later stages of a project.
To create finished plans and generate reports from surfaces
Select grading group surface
creation (page 806)
----- Surfaces created from grading can be used to
generate surface analysis displays.
Edit grading styles (page 802)
----- Use styles to establish the display of the grading
and surface.
Plot gradings
----- Prepare and plot grading drawings.
Produce reports (page 1758)
----- Use the AutoCAD Civil 3D Reports feature to
produce reports that include cut and fill volumes.
Parcels Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of how to work with parcels in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
38 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Setting up Parcels
To set up styles for a project with parcels
Determine the types of parcels to
----- Includes site parcels. Decide how to display the
use (page 880)
parcels and their associated labels and tables.
Create a new drawing (page 132) ----- Save as a drawing template if needed.
Create parcel styles (page 894)
----- Parcel styles control the way a parcel is displayed
in a drawing.
Create parcel label styles (page 900) ----- Parcel label styles control the way a parcel’s labels
are displayed.
Create parcel table styles (page 910) ----- Parcel table styles control the way a parcel’s tables
are displayed.
Save the drawing as a template
(.dwt)
----- Saving the drawing as template enables you to
leverage the styles and settings.
Designing and Creating Parcels
Create parcels by converting existing AutoCAD objects, or create parcels directly using the Parcel Layout
Tools toolbar.
AutoCAD objects that you can convert to parcels include closed polylines, and other closed sequences of
lines or arcs. If you are converting AutoCAD objects, they must be free of drawing errors. Use the drawing
cleanup tools in Autodesk Map to accomplish this before you convert the objects.
Setting up Parcels | 39
To design and create parcels
Create parcels (page 879)
Create parcels from objects by importing
----- AutoCAD objects, by layout using the Parcel
layout toolbar, or subdivide existing parcels to
create new parcels.
Change parcel appearance (page
----- Control parcel display by changing parcel styles
885)
or their label styles.
Edit parcels (page 886)
----- Use the Parcel Layout Tools toolbar to edit parcels.
To merge two parcels, delete a shared segment.
Merge existing parcels (page 890) ----- When you delete a shared segment, you delete
the shared boundary. The two parcels become
one.
Alignments Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you perform when creating, designing, and finishing
alignments in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Setting Up Alignments
Establish different alignment and label styles for each design phase.
All objects have a default style that you can copy, edit, and then save with a new name. You may begin by
establishing styles for different design phases. For example, design styles might have details that would not
be necessary in plotting styles.
To set up alignments
Set up alignment styles (page 946) ----- Alignment styles control the visual display of each
alignment component.
Set up alignment label styles (page
----- Alignment label styles control the visual display
1043)
of each label component.
40 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Alignment label sets control the label styles that
Set up alignment label sets (page
----- are applied to the individual elements that you
1045)
want to label on the alignment.
The design criteria file contains minimum local
Set up the design criteria file (page
----- standards tables for design speed, radius, and
936)
length of individual alignment sub-entities.
Set up design checks and design
check sets (page 940)
----- Design checks verify design criteria for parameters
that are not included in the design criteria file.
Designing and Editing Alignments
Create alignments by layout, from polylines, from pipe networks, and from LandXML data.
To design and edit alignments
Create the alignment (page 948) ----- Draw an alignment, or create one from a polyline,
reference, pipe network, or LandXML file.
Edit alignment fixed, floating, or
free entities (page 970)
Use the constraint-based commands on the
Alignment Layout Tools toolbar, to add a fixed
----- entity, a free entity, or a floating entity (lines,
curves, spiral-curve-spiral groups and spirals) to
the alignment.
Use the Alignment Entities vista and Alignment
Edit alignment numeric parameter
----- Layout Parameters dialog box to display and edit
values (page 1066)
parameters of alignment entities that are part of
the solved alignment geometry.
Edit the alignment using grips
(page 1068)
----- Use grips to change the vertical curves and
tangents in an alignment graphically.
Designing and Editing Alignments | 41
Add final labels to the alignment
(page 1043)
Use the label and table styles to control the
----- appearance and behavior of alignment labels and
tables.
Assign a style for viewing and
plotting (page 946)
----- Use alignment styles to control the visual display
of each alignment component.
Create plan/profile sheets for
plotting (page 61)
----- Use plan production tools to quickly create
construction documents from drawings.
Superelevation Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you might perform when working with superelevation
in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Setting Up Superelevation
Before calculating superelevation data, you need to ensure that required settings and styles are specified
correctly.
Specify a design speed in the alignment
Specify a design speed (page 934) ----- properties. A design speed is necessary to
calculate superelevation.
Specify Superelevation label
defaults (page 83)
Review the superelevation critical point label
----- options on the Abbreviations tab in the Drawing
Settings.
Verify alignment feature settings
(page 930)
Review the alignment feature settings for
----- Superelevation Options and Dynamic Alignment
Highlight.
Verify default label abbreviations
(page 83)
Review the default label abbreviations for
----- geometry points and superelevation critical
points.
42 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Customize the criteria files using the Design
Customize criteria files (page 939) ----- Criteria Editor. Superelevation is calculated based
on these files.
Review Profile View band
properties (page 1215)
----- Specify the Profile View band properties for
superelevation data.
Create the alignment (page 948) ----- Create an alignment to use for superelevation
calculations.
Optionally, add user-defined
curves (page 1103)
Add user-defined curves from the Superelevation
Curve Manager. Add curves for situations where
a curve is not automatically created by the
----- program, for example where an alignment has
two compound spirals or a compound spiral in
between spirals. Curves can be added after
calculating superelevation data but you have to
re-calculate the superelevation.
Adding Superelevation Data
You can add superelevation data using the Superelevation wizard or import it from a CSV file.
After you calculate the superelevation, any
changes to the alignment geometry such as
adding, deleting, or moving a curve are reflected
in the Superelevation Tabular Editor. However,
changing the radius of a curve causes the
superelevation data to become out of date and
Calculate superelevation (page 1098)
you have to recalculate.
or
----- The CSV file must have a specific column
Import superelevation from a CSV
structure. The imported data is associated with
file (page 1101)
the alignment in the drawing. There is no design
criteria displayed in the Superelevation Curve
Manager and editing options are available in the
Superelevation Tabular Editor and Superelevation
View. Imported data in the Superelevation Tabular
Editor can be copied to the clipboard and pasted
into an Excel or Word document.
Adding Superelevation Data | 43
Viewing and Editing Superelevation Data
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of editing tasks you might perform when working with
superelevation data.
Change criteria that was used to create
Edit Superelevation Criteria (page
----- superelevation data. If criteria such as design
1104)
speed is changed, then superelevation needs to
be recalculated.
Edit cross slope values and location of critical
Edit superelevation data (page 1108) ----- stations and resolve overlap situations using the
Superelevation Tabular Editor.
Create the superelevation view
(page 1107)
Create a Superelevation View and use grips for
----- graphical editing. Use right-click edit options to
change the properties and display of the view.
Edits in the Superelevation View and the
Manipulate data in superelevation
----- Superelevation Tabular Editor are dynamic and
view (page 1107)
changes made in one are reflected in the other.
Resolve overlaps (page 1108)
Resolve overlap situations by clicking
in the
Overlap column in the Superelevation Tabular
----- Editor. The warning symbol displayed in the
Superelevation Tabular Editor and the
Superelevation View if there is an overlap
situation.
Display a Superelevation Band using the
Display the superelevation band in
----- Superelevation option on the Bands tab in the
a Profile View (page 1139)
Profile View Properties. Superelevation band is
used for plotting.
Create a corridor from the baseline alignment
that contains the superelevation data using the
appropriate subassembly.
Create a corridor (page 45)
44 | Chapter 2 Workflows
----- IMPORTANT Corridor modeling should not be
done until superelevation is finalized. Changes in
a corridor baseline alignment are not reflected in
Superelevation. Changing superelevation does
not update the corridor model.
Corridor Modeling Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you might perform when working with corridors in
AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Preparing the Drawing for Corridor Creation
Creating drawing templates that contain standard styles and settings will help you work more efficiently
and ensure that your final drawings conform to your office standards.
Preparing the drawing template for corridor creation
Open a drawing (page 132)
----- Open an existing drawing or create a new one.
Select the default settings (page
1478)
----- Use corridor settings to specify the default
behavior for corridor-related commands.
Create the styles (page 1473)
----- Styles control the display and design
characteristics of drawing objects.
Create the label styles (page 1654) ----- You can define default label settings at three
different levels.
Use quantity takeoff settings to specify the default
Create the quantity takeoff criteria
----- style and name format settings for quantity
(page 1275)
takeoff.
Save the drawing as a template
(.dwt) (page 129)
----- By saving as a template, you can leverage the
style and setting changes.
Corridor Modeling Workflow | 45
Setting Up Data for Corridor Creation
Before you create corridors, you must have existing data, such as existing ground surfaces, alignments
(centerlines), profiles (vertical alignments), and typical sections (assemblies).
To set up data for corridor creation
Build the existing ground surfaces
----- Surfaces are used to derive alignments and
(page 648)
profiles, and for corridor grading.
Design the horizontal alignments
----- Alignments are used by a corridor as its centerline.
(page 948)
Create the profiles (page 1141)
----- Use existing ground profiles and design finished
grade profiles (vertical alignments).
Calcualte superelevation for the curves on the
centerline alignment.
IMPORTANT Superelevation should be finalized
Calculate Superelevation (page 1098) ----- before it is applied to the Corridor model.
Changes in a corridor baseline alignment are not
reflected in Superelevation. Changing
superelevation does not update the corridor
model.
Plan the required assemblies (page
----- Use subassemblies to build the required
1548)
assemblies.
Create and maintain the required
----- Before creating an assembly, identify the different
assemblies (page 1557)
types of subassemblies you need,
46 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Corridor Design and Creation
This section provides the processes used to create corridors.
Create a corridor (page 1475)
----- Use the Create Corridor or Create Simple Corridor
commands.
Modify the corridor (page 1478)
----- Make any required customizations to settings or
styles for the corridor.
Modify or override individual
corridor stations (page 1523)
Override corridor and assembly parameters and
----- apply the overrides to a station or range of
stations.
Visualizing Corridors
After you have created a corridor, create corridor surfaces and boundaries to help you visualize the corridor.
To visualize a corridor
Create a corridor surface (page 1511) ----- When you create a corridor surface, it is added
to the Surfaces collection.
Use corridor surface boundaries to prevent
Create corridor boundaries (page
----- triangulation outside of the daylight lines of a
1511)
corridor surface.
You can use the View/Edit Corridor Section Tools
View corridor sections (page 1519) ----- to visually inspect how assemblies are applied at
various stations.
Render a corridor boundary region
----- Render corridor data using the AutoCAD Render
(page 1533)
command.
Corridor Design and Creation | 47
Exporting Corridor Data
After creating a corridor, you can export several types of data.
To export corridor data
Export corridor feature lines (page
----- Export corridor feature lines as alignments,
1528)
grading feature lines, profiles, or polylines.
Export corridor points as COGO
points (page 1531)
Export all points from a selected corridor or
----- constrain the selection based on station ranges
or point code types.
Export corridor surfaces as
----- Exported surfaces are no longer part of the
disconnected surfaces (page 1532)
corridor.
Intersection and Roundabout Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you might perform when working with intersections
and roundabouts in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Intersection Design Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you might perform when working with intersections
in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Set up data required for the
intersection (page 1591)
You must have at least two alignments that
intersect each other only once in your drawing.
----- If you want to create a more realistic
intersectionmodel, you will need road geometry
and surface data.
Set the driving direction (page 1592) ----- The driving direction option determines how curb
returns are drawn when creating intersections.
Verify intersection settings (page
1598)
48 | Chapter 2 Workflows
----- Use intersection settings to specify the default
behavior for intersection-related commands.
Create the intersection (page 1592)----- Use the Create Intersection wizard.
Labeling Intersections (page 1618) ----- You can add labels to intersection objects.
Edit intersections (page 1601)
You can edit intersections using commands
----- available from the ribbon, from right-click
shortcut menus, or by editing the objects directly
in the drawing using grips.
Roundabout Design Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you might perform when designing roundabouts.
Set the Driving Direction option
(page 1624)
Before you begin, set the Driving Direction option
----- in Drawing Settings to either Left Side of the Road
or Right Side of the Road, depending on your
project’s needs.
Create required alignment styles
and label styles. (page 1625)
Styles control the display and design
----- characteristics of drawing objects. You may also
want to create alignment labels that are
specifically designed for roundabouts.
Create the base geometry required to create the
Set up the data required to create
----- roundabout. You must have at least two
the roundabout (page 1625)
alignments.
Use the Create Roundabout command, follow
Create the roundabout (page 1631)----- the prompts, and configure the roundabout
dialog boxes.
Roundabout Design Workflow | 49
Edit the roundabout (page 1634) ----- You can add slip lanes, approach roads, or move
the roundabout.
After you have created a roundabout, the 2D layout can be continued to be designed in profile, and you can
also create a corridor using existing methods.
Profiles Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you perform when working with profiles and profile
views.
Setting Up Profiles
Use standards to create a consistent format for the profiles in a drawing.
Standard format and content for profiles is often required to comply with your requirements or to make it
easier to compare several profiles. You can create these formats and content standards with styles and settings
for profiles, profile views, labels, and data bands. The following process helps you evaluate existing styles
and settings and to decide whether to change anything.
To set up profiles and profile views
Create a profile from an existing
alignment (page 1142)
----- Create a profile from an existing alignment and
display the profile on a profile view.
Add profile view labels (page 1132)----- Manually place a few profile view labels for station
elevation and depth.
Add data bands (page 1215)
Add data bands above or below the profile grid,
----- ensuring that you have one of each type that you
need.
Review profile styles (page 1122) ----- Review the standards for the graphed profile line.
50 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Review profile label styles (page
1129)
----- Review the standards for the automatic labels
along the profile line.
Review profile view label styles
(page 1131)
----- Review the standards for the manual labels in the
profile view.
Review profile view styles (page
1124)
----- Review the standards for the profile view title,
axes annotation, grid, and ticks.
Review profile view band styles
(page 1133)
----- Review the standards for the data bands above
or below the profile view grid.
Designing and Displaying Profiles
Follow this sequence to design and display profiles.
To design and display profiles
Ensure that your drawing contains
----- If necessary, add surfaces by importing their
all relevant surfaces (page 648)
DWG, XML, TIN, or text files.
Identify the horizontal alignment
(page 948)
----- The alignment specifies the centerline route along
which to sample elevations for the profile.
Optionally add offset profiles to the left and right
Create the surface profile and
offsets (page 1142) or Export feature ----- of the centerline profile.
If you have existing corridors, you can create
lines as profiles (page 1530)
profiles directly from the corridor feature lines.
Designing and Displaying Profiles | 51
Create a profile view (page 1208) ----- Create a profile view to display and annotate the
profile and offsets for analysis purposes.
Design a layout profile (page 1143)----- Using the reference lines in the profile view,
design a layout profile on the profile view grid.
Create a superimposed profile
(page 1149)
If the profile view includes the profile of any linear
----- feature not parallel to the main alignment, create
a superimposed profile.
Create profile sheets for plotting
(page 61)
----- Use the Plan Production tools to create profile
sheets for plotting.
Sections Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you might perform when working with sections in
AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Setting Up Sections
Use this information to determine a standard, consistent format for the sections in a drawing.
Standard format and content for sections is often required to comply with your requirements or to make it
easier to compare several sections. These standards are created by means of styles and settings for sample
lines, sections, section views, labels, and bands. Use the following workflow to help you evaluate existing
styles and settings and decide whether anything should be changed.
To set up standards for sample lines, sections, and section views
Create the sample lines and
sections (page 1246)
----- Create the sample line(s) and the section(s) from
an existing alignment.
Create the section view (page 1258) ----- Create a section view to display the section(s).
52 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Review the sample line styles (page
----- Review or modify the standards for the sample
1234)
line(s).
Review and modify the standards for the
Review the section labels (page 1241) ----- automatic labels for the sample line(s) and the
graphed section.
Review the section styles (page 1236) ----- Review and modify the standards for the section.
Review the section view styles
(page 1237)
----- Review and modify the standards for the section
view title, axes annotation, grid, and ticks.
Add section view labels (page 1243)----- Place a few section view labels for offset elevation
and grade.
Add section view bands (page 1246) ----- Add bands above or below the section grid for
the section data.
Review the section view band
styles (page 1245)
----- Review or modify the standards for the bands
above or below the section view grid.
Designing and Creating Sections
Before you create sample lines and sections, you must have existing data, including elevation (surface) data
as well as a horizontal alignment.
Designing and Creating Sections | 53
To design and create sections
Ensure that the drawing contains
----- If necessary, create or add the surfaces.
the required surface (page 648)
Ensure that the drawing contains
----- Alignment properties and labels do not affect the
the necessary alignment (page 948)
sections.
Locate the sections (page 1226)
Decide where along the alignment you want the
----- sections and what ground distance they should
cover.
Create sample lines (page 1246)
----- Use appropriate sources, styles, and left and right
swath widths across of the alignment.
If required, edit the sample lines
(page 1250)
----- To re-sample from a different set of surfaces, use
the Sample Line Group Properties Dialog Box.
Create multiple section views
(page 1259)
Create views to display and annotate the sections
----- and offsets for analysis purposes. Use the
Production option and select a drawing template
if you want to create section sheets.
Create section sheets for plotting
----- Use the Plan Production tools to create section
(page 62)
sheets for plotting.
Material and Quantity Analysis Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you might perform when performing material and
quantity analysis in AutoCAD Civil 3D
54 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Analyzing Sectional Volumes
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks used to set up quantity takeoff properties for sample
line groups and create quantity takeoff tables and reports in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
To create a quantity takeoff table or report
Editing quantity takeoff settings
(page 1276)
The settings include the default quantity takeoff
----- criteria used to create material lists and default
styles for tables.
Create quantity takeoff criteria
(page 1279)
Create a list of materials that specifies the surfaces
and shapes from which you want to generate
----- volume information. You will map the list entries
to actual surfaces and corridor shapes found in
the drawing later.
Create sample lines (page 1246)
Create sample lines for the alignment along which
----- you are going to generate quantity takeoff
information.
Select the sample line group and a quantity
Create a material list (page 1282) ----- takeoff criteria, and then map objects in the
drawing to the materials listed in the criteria.
Add gaps to the material
definitions (page 1284)
----- Add gaps if needed to limit volume calculations
to pockets of material.
Add subcriteria (page 1289)
----- Add subcriteria if needed to address more
complex material conditions.
Generate a quantity takeoff table
or report (page 1290)
Display the sectional volume information in a
----- standard AutoCAD Civil 3D table format, or view
and export the information in XML.
Analyzing Sectional Volumes | 55
Analyzing Material Quantities
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks used when analyzing quantites using pay item lists
in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
To analyze quantities using pay item lists
Import pay items and
categorization files (page 1294)
A pay item file contains the pay item codes,
----- descriptions, and units of measure for the master
pay item list.
You can filter the pay item list for individual pay
Filter and categorize pay item lists
----- items, either by Pay Item ID or by the text in the
(page 1295)
Description for the pay items.
You can assign pay items to objects or groups of
Tag objects with pay items (page
----- objects in your drawing. You can assign pay item
1298)
lists to corridors and pipe networks.
Use formulas with pay item lists
(page 1304)
----- Apply formulas to pay items, and edit the
formulas.
Compute quantities using pay item
----- Compute pay item quantities for drawings, view
lists (page 1306)
frames, and selection sets.
Report pay item quantities (page
1308)
----- Save quantity reports or place quantity tables in
your drawing.
Creating and Editing Mass Haul Diagrams
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks used to create mass haul diagrams in AutoCAD Civil
3D.
56 | Chapter 2 Workflows
To create a mass haul diagram
Specify mass haul settings (page
1319)
Specify settings, including the default styles for
----- mass haul lines and views, and for mass haul
commands.
Confirm that you have a baseline alignment, a
Confirm pre-requisite objects (page
----- sample line group, and a material list from which
1312)
you can create your mass haul diagram.
Create the mass haul diagram
(page 1315)
Specify source objects, materials, mass haul view
----- and mass haul line styles, and free haul distance,
using the Create Mass Haul Diagram wizard.
Edit mass haul styles (page 1317) ----- Edit mass haul line and view styles to improve
visibility of the mass haul diagram.
Specify mass haul line balancing
options (page 1316)
----- Add borrow pits and/or dump sites to balance
mass haul.
Pipe Networks Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks that you might perform when working with pipe
networks in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
You can use LandXML features to import existing pipe data into your drawing, or to export pipe data from
an AutoCAD Civil 3D drawing. For example, to bring pipe data into AutoCAD Civil 3D from an AutoCAD
Land Desktop project, you can export pipe data from AutoCAD Land Desktop using the Export LandXML
command, and then import it into AutoCAD Civil 3D using the Import LandXML command. For more
information, see LandXML Import and Export (page 1875).
If you need to perform hydraulic and or hydrology design and analysis tasks, you can use the hydraulics
and hydrology extensions that are provided with AutoCAD Civil 3D. They enable you to perform a variety
of hydraulics and hydrology tasks on AutoCAD Civil 3D pipe network models. For more information, see
Hydraulics and Hydrology Feature Overview (page 1331).
Preparing for Pipe Network Creation
Creating drawing templates that contain standard styles and settings helps you work more efficiently, and
ensures that your final drawings conform to your office standards.
Pipe Networks Workflow | 57
To prepare the drawing template for pipe network creation
Create a new drawing (page 132) ----- Open an existing drawing or create a new one.
Select the default settings (page
1343)
----- Use pipe network settings to specify the default
styles and behavior for pipe network commands.
Create the styles (page 66)
----- Styles control the display and design
characteristics of drawing objects.
Define the label settings (page 1654) ----- You can define default label settings at three
different levels.
Save the drawing as a template
(.dwt)
----- Saving the drawing as template enables you to
leverage the styles and settings.
Setting Up Data for Pipe Network Creation
Before you create a pipe network, it may be useful for you to have existing data, such as ground surfaces and
alignments, already in your drawing.
While it can be useful to have these items already set up in your drawing, you can create a pipe network
even if these components are not yet created.
To set up data for pipe network creation
Build the existing ground surfaces
----- Before you create a pipe network, it may be useful
(page 648)
for you to have existing surface data.
Create the horizontal alignments
(page 948)
58 | Chapter 2 Workflows
----- The pipe and structure objects in a pipe network
can be associated with a referenced alignment.
Creating, Modifying, and Analyzing Pipe Networks
This section summarizes the basic process for creating and analizing a pipe network.
To create, modify, and analyze a pipe network
Select a parts list (page 1380)
Pipe networks reference a part catalog and a parts
----- list that define the size, shape, and certain
behavior of the parts (pipes and structures) you
insert into drawings.
Create the pipe network (page 1332) ----- There are several ways you can create pipe
networks.
Interference checking lets you quickly identify
Check for interferences (page 1369)----- pipe network parts that may be in conflict with
each other.
Specify display styles for pipes and
structures in plan, profile, and
----- Styles enables you to customize the pipe network
view.
section views (page 1364)
Create pipe and structure tables
(page 1414)
----- Use Pipe tables to display information about pipes
in a drawing.
You can add labels to pipe network parts either
Add single pipe or pipe span labels
----- when you create the objects or after you create
(page 1404)
them.
Modify the pipe network as
required (page 1345)
----- Edit pipe networks using the Network Layout
Tools toolbar, pipe network vistas, or grips.
Creating, Modifying, and Analyzing Pipe Networks | 59
The Hydraflow extensions enable you to perform
Perform hydraulic analysis on pipe
----- a variety of hydraulics and hydrology analysis
networks (page 1417)
tasks on pipe networks created with AutoCAD
Civil 3D or with the Hydraflow extensions.
File and Data Sharing Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you can perform when sharing files and data in
AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Importing Architectural Data Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you can perform when importing an architectural
data model to AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Create an architectural model
design package file (page 1891)
Apply all the required export settings, including
simplification, and publish the .adsk file to a
----- common network location.
See also Exporting Building Sites in the Autodesk
Revit Architecture 2010 User’s Guide
Import a building site model (page
----- After you create the design package file, you can
1892)
import the file into AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Create the building site style (page
----- Create the style for a new building site object.
1894)
Edit the building site style (page
1894)
----- If necessary, edit the style elements of the
building site object.
If the source architectural model has changed
Update the building site definition
----- and a new package file was posted in the shared
(page 1895)
location, modify the out-of-date building site
object.
60 | Chapter 2 Workflows
Exporting and Importing HEC-RAS Data
Use the HEC-RAS Tools in AutoCAD Civil 3D to export surface and alignment data in HEC-RAS format for
use in flood analysis.
In a drawing that contains an existing ground
surface that represents a river, define the stream
Prepare AutoCAD Civil 3D data for
----- centerline as an alignment, and create a sample
export (page 1887)
line group with stations at desired stream
locations.
Using the HEC-RAS Export Tool, enter the stream
Export the AutoCAD Civil 3D data
----- section data, and save a GEO file containing the
(page 1247)
AutoCAD Civil 3D information.
Import the GEO file into the HEC-RAS software
Analyze the flood information in
----- program, analyze the flood information, and save
the HEC-RAS software (page 1889)
an SDF file to import back into AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Import the flood analysis into
AutoCAD Civil 3D (page 1889)
In AutoCAD Civil 3D, use the HEC-RAS Import
----- Tool to import the SDF file you created in
HEC-RAS.
Plan Production Tools Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks you might perform when working with plan production
tools in AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Plan/Profile Sheet Production Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks used to create plan/profile sheets.
Prepare the template and
configure viewports (page 1902)
Before using plan production tools, make sure
----- the drawing templates have appropriately
configured viewports.
Set up plan production styles
(page 1929)
and labeling (page 1927)
Plan production styles and labels control the
----- display of all plan production components and
labeling.
Exporting and Importing HEC-RAS Data | 61
Create view frames (page 1905)
----- Use the Create View Frames wizard to quickly
create view frames along an alignment.
Create sheets (and sheet sets)
(page 1910)
----- Use the Create Sheets wizard to quickly create
sheets for construction documents (plans).
Manage the sheet sets
----- Use the Sheet Set Manager to organize drawing
layouts into named sheet sets.
Plot and publish the drawings
----- You prepare your drawing for plotting or
publishing by specifying page setup settings.
Section Sheet Production Workflow
Refer to this section for high-level descriptions of tasks used to create section sheets.
Prepare the template and
configure viewports (page 1902)
Before using plan production tools, make sure
----- the drawing templates have appropriately
configured viewports.
Use the Production option in the Create Multiple
Create section views (page 1259) ----- Section Views wizard to generate the section
views based on your drawing template.
Create layouts for section plotting
----- Use the Create Section Sheets wizard to create
(page 1934)
layouts in the current drawing.
Manage the sheet sets
62 | Chapter 2 Workflows
----- Use the Sheet Set Manager to organize drawing
layouts into named sheet sets.
Understanding Objects and
Styles
3
In AutoCAD Civil 3D, objects are the basic building blocks that enable you to create design drawings.
The underlying program code for AutoCAD Civil 3D uses an object-oriented architecture. As a result, design entities in
the drawing, such as points and surfaces, are intelligent objects that maintain relationships with other objects. For example,
if a horizontal alignment is modified, any profiles and sections based on that alignment are automatically changed.
The primary AutoCAD Civil 3D object types that enable you to create civil engineering design components, and the icons
that represent them, are as follows. For more information about the object, click the corresponding link.
Points (page 435)
Point Groups (page 553)
Point Clouds (page 594)
Parcels (page 873)
Surfaces (page 645)
Alignments (page 923)
Gradings (page 793)
Profile Views (page 1113)
Profiles (page 1113)
Feature Lines (page 808)
Sample Lines (page 1226)
Section Views (page 1228)
Sections (page 1225)
Mass Haul View (page 1312)
Mass Haul Line (page 1312)
Pipes (page 1325)
Pipe Networks (page 1325)
Pipe Interference Checks
(page 1369)
Structures (page 1327)
Assemblies (page 1537)
Corridors (page 1471)
Subassemblies (page 1555)
Intersections (page 1585)
Building Sites (page 1891)
63
Sites (page 779)
Survey Figures (page 215)
Survey Networks (page 215)
View Frames (page 1931)
Match Lines (page 1932)
Superelevation View (page
1105)
These types of objects are sometimes referred to as graphical objects or drawing objects because when you use them, a
graphical object or shape, for example, a pipe network, surface, or corridor, is inserted into the drawing.
Use the Prospector and Settings tabs in Toolspace to access detailed object properties and settings. For more information,
see The Toolspace Window (page 96).
For information on basic object behavior, see the AutoCAD Help.
Object Relationships
AutoCAD Civil 3D objects automate the design process by interacting with other AutoCAD Civil 3D objects.
A design team typically spends many hours ensuring that revisions are transferred correctly between surfaces,
alignments, profiles, sections, and other design data. Redrafting, relabeling, and checking the work can be
time-consuming tasks. AutoCAD Civil 3D eliminates the need for most of these tasks by introducing dynamic
links between design objects. This system of links and dependencies derives from the object model within
the application design.
The following diagram illustrates how AutoCAD Civil 3D data objects are related to each other.
64 | Chapter 3 Understanding Objects and Styles
Field data creates a set of points that are used to generate an existing ground surface. This surface is referenced
by other objects as indicated by the arrows.
Parcels, existing ground surfaces, pipe networks, and gradings can be created independently, or from data
sources not shown in the illustration. Such objects are usually linked to other objects during the design
process, if not at the beginning.
The object type with the most complex set of relationships is the corridor, as it requires data from a surface,
alignment, profile, and assembly (and typically multiple subassemblies).
Changes to any object flow downward along the arrows to dependent objects, with predictable results. For
example, if you correct the elevations of an existing ground surface, updates flow to any related grading
objects, pipe networks, corridors, and profiles. As a result, all values represented in labels and tables are also
updated.
In the design process, after you create an alignment you can create many profiles and sections. But the
display of these in profile views and section views is optional and apart from the flow of data required to
create the final surface. Similarly, the data from objects such as parcels and alignments can be output to a
table or report if desired.
In the object model, changes in one object can be passed on automatically to associated objects where
desired. For example, if you redesign an alignment curve, any grading using that alignment as a baseline
can be modified accordingly. In addition, all related stationing, labels, and other alignment-specific data is
updated.
The following table shows which objects can be updated when you edit each type of object:
When you edit this object
type...
These objects may be updated...
Points
Surfaces
Surfaces
Grading, Profiles, Pipe Networks, Corridors
Parcels
Grading, Corridors
Alignments
Grading, Parcels, Corridors, Profiles, Sections, Pipe
Networks, Intersections
Profiles
Intersections
Grading
Surfaces, Corridors
Subassemblies
Assemblies, Corridors
Assemblies
Corridors
Pipe Networks
Surfaces, Alignments
Feature Lines
Grading
Sample Lines
Sections, Mass Haul diagrams
Objects, Styles, and Labels
A relationship exists between drawing objects, the styles that control their display, and the labels that control
their annotation. These styles and labels are also managed as objects within AutoCAD Civil 3D.
Object Relationships | 65
Object and Label Styles
Styles control the display and design characteristics of drawing objects.
You can use styles to efficiently manage object appearance. When you create a new object, you can apply
a predefined style for its display. Later, you can apply a different style. Also, you can create new styles to
suit the needs of different users and different project stages. If you change a style definition, the changes
are applied automatically to all objects using that style.
The object styles in AutoCAD Civil 3D have general attributes, such as object color, visibility of components,
linetypes, and fill patterns.
Similarly, label styles work with text format, data content, location, and graphic elements, such as leader
lines and bounding boxes.
Within your design process, object and label styles should be created with specific purposes in mind, such
as representing objects at different approval stages, or displaying the right information for different types
of users. Before you create object styles, experiment with editing styles for different objects to learn the
available controls.
Styles for each object type are managed on the Toolspace Settings tab. The General collection contains styles
that can be used by more than one object type (called Multipurpose styles) as well as shared label styles. All
AutoCAD Civil 3D objects have a Basic style that can be used as is, or as the basis for building new styles. If
you want to customize some attributes of a style, you can create a new style, or make changes to an existing
style and save it with a new name. Groups of styles can be collected and saved as a drawing template (.dwt)
file. All drawings created from a specific .dwt will share the same styles. The controls for creating styles are
standardized as much as possible across all features to make the process easier.
For objects, you can add labels by using the Annotate tab to access the Add Labels dialog box or feature-specific
label menus.
You can create sets of label styles for alignments, profiles, and sections in order to manage multiple labels
easily. After the set is defined, it can be applied to or removed from an object in a single operation.
Object styles for a surface, parcels, and an alignment, showing
stylization
66 | Chapter 3 Understanding Objects and Styles
Label styles, including two alignment labels in a dragged state
Styles Best Practices
Working with Styles
Use the object shortcut menus tocreate new object styles or edit existing styles.
To create a new object style
■
On the Settings tab in Toolspace, right-click an object style collection ➤ New
To copy, edit, or delete an existing object style
■
On the Settings tab in Toolspace,expand an object style collection ➤ right-click object style ➤ Copy,
Edit, Delete.
NOTE You cannot delete a style that is referenced in the drawing.
For more information on styles, see the help topics for that object type:
Object Type
See ...
Dialog Box
Points
Point Styles (page 449)
Point Style Dialog Box (page 2354)
Point Clouds
Displaying and Stylizing Point
Clouds (page 598)
Point Cloud Style Dialog Box
(page 2381)
Surfaces
Surface Styles and Visualization
(page 748)
Surface Style Dialog Box (page
2644)
Parcels
Parcel Styles (page 894)
Parcel Styles Dialog Box (page
2253)
Profiles/Profile Views
Styles and Display of Profiles and
Profile Views (page 1122)
Profile Style Dialog Box (page
2426) and Profile View Style Dialog
Box (page 2435)
Working with Styles | 67
Object Type
See ...
Dialog Box
Alignments
Alignment Styles (page 946)
Alignment Style Dialog Box
(page 1970)
Corridors
Corridor Styles and Display
(page 1473)
Corridor Style Dialog Box (page
2044)
Grading
Using Grading Styles (page 802)
Grading Style Dialog Box (page
2116)
Assemblies and Subassemblies
Subassembly Styles (page 1556)
Assembly Style Dialog Box (page
1997)
Pipe Networks
Pipe Network Styles and Display
(page 1328)
Pipe Style Dialog Box (page 2281)
and Structure Style Dialog Box
(page 2294)
Sample Lines/Sections/Section Views
Sample Line, Section, and Section View Styles and Display
(page 1233)
Section Style Dialog Box (page
2534)
Survey
Survey Styles and Display (page
216)
Survey Network Style Dialog Box
(page 2711) and Survey Figure
Style Dialog Box (page 2707)
View Frames
View Frame Styles and Display
(page 1931)
View Frame Style Dialog Box
(page 2336)
Match Lines
Match Lines Styles and Display
(page 1933)
Match Line Style Dialog Box
(page 2337)
Multipurpose Styles
Use the Multipurpose Styles collection to create specific styles that can be used by more than one object
type.
For example, Slope Pattern style can be shared by gradings and corridors and Marker Styles can be shared
by points and survey components.
For more information, see General Collection (Settings Tree) (page 112).
Label Styles
Label Styles are used to control and manage the display of labels and expressions for a class of objects.
Labels are associated with many objects, and their content is updated whenever the object itself is changed.
Labels are also controlled by styles. You can modify the label styles in the same way that you modify the
object styles: right-click a style name on the Toolspace Settings tab, and then click Edit.
68 | Chapter 3 Understanding Objects and Styles
Parcel area labels appear in the drawing as they
appear in the preview of the Label Style Composer
You can create and save label sets for alignments, profiles, and sections, which allows you to apply multiple
label types in one operation. For example, an alignment label set could include labels for major stations,
minor stations, and geometry points.
Labels can include text, blocks, lines, ticks, and leaders. You can create labels and preview their appearance
in the Label Style Composer dialog box, as shown in the following illustration:
Previewing customized label style for parcel area
For more information about the Label Styles collections, see The Label Styles Collections (Settings Tree)
(page 113).
The General Label Styles are used by lines, curves, feature lines, and corridors. This collection also contains
Note label styles, which are not specific to an object.
For general information about labels, see Label Objects (page 1643).
For information about managing label styles, see Creating and Editing Label Styles (page 1656).
Working with Styles | 69
Table Styles
Table Styles are used to control and manage the display for the tables associated with a class of objects.
AutoCAD Civil 3D provides automated data tables for points, surfaces, parcels, alignments, and quantity
takeoff. As shown in the following illustration, these tables provide a concise display of object data as an
alternative to using object labels. The table styles control the data properties and the displayed components
of the table.
Example data table for parcels
Data properties include the data format, order of columns, text style, and whether the table title and column
headers are repeated if the table is split. Display components include the borders, separators, fill, and text.
You can control the visibility, color, linetype, and scale of each component.
For information on the Table Styles collections, see The Table Styles Collections (Settings Tree) (page 113).
For general information about tables, see Tables (page 1737).
Changing Common Settings in Styles
The Styles dialog boxes for all object types include the Information (page 2017), Display (page 2017), and Summary
(page 2020) tabs. Other tabs are provided to record additional data specific to the object type.
To change Style settings
1 On the Settings tab in Toolspace, right-click an existing object style and click Edit.
2 Review and edit settings on the various tabs of the Style dialog box.
Quick Reference
Toolspace Shortcut Menu
Settings tab: right-click object style ➤ Edit
Dialog Box
Styles (page 2017)
Dragging Styles or Items Within or Between Drawings
Copy styles using the Settings tree drag-and-drop capability.
You can drag items from the Settings tree, including styles, description keys, and pipe rules, into the drawing
window to copy them, or you can drag them onto a drawing icon in the Settings tree.
70 | Chapter 3 Understanding Objects and Styles
Dragging Items between Drawings or Templates
You can copy the following items by dragging them from one drawing or drawing template to another:
■
Styles, including label and table styles
■
Description keys
■
Pipe rules
Both the item you want to copy and the name of the destination drawing must be visible in the Settings
tree before you begin the drag-and-drop operation.
To drag an item from one drawing to another, click the item or collection you want to copy, hold down the
left mouse button, and drag the item to the name of destination drawing in the Settings tree. When the
cursor changes to
, release the mouse button to copy the item into the drawing. The item is automatically
added to the correct collection in the drawing.
If the drawing already contains an item with the name of the item being copied, the Duplicate Item Name
Dialog Box (page 2029) is displayed which allows you to decide how to handle the conflict.
If you drag a label style with one or more child styles from one drawing to another, only the selected style
is copied into the drawing; the child styles are not copied. If you copy a child style into another drawing,
the parent style is also copied.
Dragging Items within a Drawing
You can copy label styles by dragging them from one level in a label style collection to another within a
drawing, as follows:
You can drag and drop multiple styles from one drawing to another at the same time.
■
Drag a child label style (and its children) up to a higher level in the style collection to sever the parent/child
relationship.
■
Return the child label style to its original location in the tree to reinstate the parent/child relationship.
■
Drag a child label style to another label style collection. The child label style inherits the properties of
the new parent.
Both the label style you want to copy and the destination location of the style must be visible in the Settings
tree before you begin the drag-and-drop operation.
To drag a label style within a drawing, click the label style you want to copy, hold down the left mouse
button, and drag the label style to the destination collection. When the cursor changes to
mouse button to drop the style into the collection located at the tip of the cursor arrow.
, release the
When you copy a label style within a drawing, all child styles are copied with the parent style.
Transferring Styles to a New Version of AutoCAD Civil 3D
Transfer styles from a previous version of AutoCAD Civil 3D to the current version.
To transfer styles
1 On the Settings tab in Toolspace, expand the Points collection.
2 Expand Point Styles.
Transferring Styles to a New Version of AutoCAD Civil 3D | 71
3 Right-click the Standard style ➤ Edit.
4 On the Marker tab, select the option Use AutoCAD BLOCK Symbol For Marker.
5 Right-click in the white space and click Browse.
6 In the Browse To File window, change the File of Type to .dwt.
7 Browse to the template file that contains the styles you want and click Open.
8 Click OK to apply the changes.
All the styles are imported into the current drawing.
Object Properties
AutoCAD Civil 3D object properties can be modified using the civil object properties dialog boxes, the
Properties palette, and the Quick Properties palette.
Civil Object Properties
Each AutoCAD Civil 3D object has its own dialog box which contains most properties relevant to that object.
Use these dialog boxes as the primary interface for adjusting AutoCAD Civil 3D object properties.
For example, use the Alignment Properties dialog box to adjust properties for a selected alignment object in
a drawing.
Properties Palette
The Properties palette can be used as an alternate method of editing AutoCAD Civil 3D object properties.
In AutoCAD Civil 3D 2011, more civil object properties are exposed in the Properties palette than in previous
releases. Properties are now organized into four categories: Information, General, Data, and Geometry.
By exposing these properties in the Properties palette, they are now also available to be used with the QSELECT
command.
For more information, see Control the Properties of Objects in the AutoCAD Help.
Quick Properties Palette
For each civil object, the name, description, style, and layer are available for editing in the Quick Properties
palette. For more information, see Display and Change the Properties of Objects in the AutoCAD Help.
Also, you can easily customize the quick properties for any object in the Customize User Interface (CUI)
editor. For more information, see Quick Properties in the AutoCAD Customization Guide.
Matching Object Properties
The Match Properties command can be used with AutoCAD Civil 3D objects. When you use the Match
Properties command between civil objects, the style and object display properties of the selected source
object are applied to the selected destination objects. For more information, see Copy Properties Between
Objects in the AutoCAD Help.
To access comprehensive AutoCAD Civil 3D object properties
■
Select a AutoCAD Civil 3D object and click